Ec T30 PDF
Ec T30 PDF
B ENGINE
E
CONTENTS
QR (WITH EURO-OBD) DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 76 F
Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 77
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 19 Basic Inspection ..................................................... 79
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 19 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 84 G
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 21 Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 88
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 24 Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 93
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 95
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- H
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 95
SIONER” ................................................................ 24 CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 102
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 112
A/T .......................................................................... 24 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode I
Precaution .............................................................. 24 . 114
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 27 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
PREPARATION ......................................................... 28 Mode ..................................................................... 116 J
Special Service Tools ............................................. 28 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 119
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 29 Description ............................................................ 119
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 30 Testing Condition .................................................. 119
System Diagram ..................................................... 30 K
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 119
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 32 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 120
System Chart ......................................................... 34 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 34 DENT ....................................................................... 123 L
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 37 Description ............................................................ 123
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 37 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 123
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 124 M
Speed) .................................................................... 38 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 124
CAN Communication Unit ...................................... 38 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 125
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 44 Component Inspection .......................................... 131
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 44 Ground Inspection ................................................ 131
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 45 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 132
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................ 46 Description ............................................................ 132
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 46 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 132
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 48 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 132
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 51 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 133
Introduction ............................................................ 51 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 134
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 51 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 135
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 52 Description ............................................................ 135
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ........................... 64 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................... 64 . 135
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 67 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 136
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 73
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 73
EC-1
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 136 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 176
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 137 Component Description ........................................ 176
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 138 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ............................................................ 138 .176
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 176
. 138 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 177
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 138 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 178
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 138 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 179
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 140 Component Inspection .......................................... 181
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 141 Removal and Installation ....................................... 182
Component Inspection .......................................... 143 DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 183
Removal and Installation ...................................... 143 Component Description ........................................ 183
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 144 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ............................................................ 144 .183
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 183
. 144 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 184
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 144 Overall Function Check ......................................... 185
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 144 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 186
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 146 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 187
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 147 Component Inspection .......................................... 190
Component Inspection .......................................... 148 Removal and Installation ....................................... 192
Removal and Installation ...................................... 148 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 193
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 149 Component Description ........................................ 193
Component Description ........................................ 149 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .193
. 149 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 193
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 149 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 194
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 149 Overall Function Check ......................................... 194
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 151 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 196
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 152 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 197
Component Inspection .......................................... 155 Component Inspection .......................................... 198
Removal and Installation ...................................... 155 Removal and Installation ....................................... 200
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 156 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 201
Component Description ........................................ 156 Component Description ........................................ 201
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 156 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 156 .201
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 158 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 201
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 159 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 201
Component Inspection .......................................... 161 Overall Function Check ......................................... 202
Removal and Installation ...................................... 161 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 203
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 162 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 204
Component Description ........................................ 162 Component Inspection .......................................... 205
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 162 Removal and Installation ....................................... 207
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 163 DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 208
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 164 Component Description ........................................ 208
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 165 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection .......................................... 167 .208
Removal and Installation ...................................... 167 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 208
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 168 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 209
Component Description ........................................ 168 Overall Function Check ......................................... 210
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 211
. 168 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 212
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 168 Component Inspection .......................................... 214
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 168 Removal and Installation ....................................... 215
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 170 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION.216
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 172 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 216
Component Inspection .......................................... 175 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 216
Removal and Installation ...................................... 175 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 218
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
EC-2
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 223 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 269
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 223 Component Inspection .......................................... 271 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 223 Removal and Installation ...................................... 271
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 225 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 272
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 226 Description ............................................................ 272 EC
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 229 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 272
Component Description ........................................ 229 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 272
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Overall Function Check ........................................ 272
. 229 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 273 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 229 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ..................................... 274
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 229 Component Description ........................................ 274
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 231 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode D
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 233 . 274
Component Inspection ......................................... 236 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 274
Removal and Installation ...................................... 236 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 274 E
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 275
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 237 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 276
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 237 Component Inspection .......................................... 278
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 237 Removal and Installation ...................................... 278 F
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 238 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 279
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 242 Component Description ........................................ 279
Component Description ........................................ 242 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 279 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 242 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 279
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 242 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 280
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 243 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 282 H
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 244 Component Description ........................................ 282
Component Inspection ......................................... 246 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 282
Removal and Installation ...................................... 246 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 282
I
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 247 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 283
Component Description ........................................ 247 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 284
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 286
. 247 Component Description ........................................ 286 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 247 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 247 . 286
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 248 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 286 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 250 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 286
Component Inspection ......................................... 252 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 287
Removal and Installation ...................................... 253 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 288 L
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 254 Component Inspection .......................................... 289
Component Description ........................................ 254 Removal and Installation ...................................... 289
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 254 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 254 ACTUATOR ............................................................. 290 M
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 255 Component Description ........................................ 290
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 256 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 290
Component Inspection ......................................... 259 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 290
Removal and Installation ...................................... 260 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 291
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION. 261 Removal and Installation ...................................... 291
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 261 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 261 FUNCTION .............................................................. 292
Overall Function Check ........................................ 262 Description ............................................................ 292
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 263 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 292
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 292
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..................... 265 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 293
Description ........................................................... 265 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 297
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .......................................... 300
. 265 Removal and Installation ...................................... 301
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 266 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 266 RELAY ..................................................................... 302
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 267 Component Description ........................................ 302
EC-3
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 346
. 302 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 346
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 302 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 346
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 302 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 347
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 304 Description ............................................................ 347
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 307 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 347
Component Inspection .......................................... 309 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 347
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 310 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 347
Component Description ........................................ 310 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 348
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 310 System Description ............................................... 348
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 310 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 311 .349
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 315 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 349
Component Inspection .......................................... 316 Overall Function Check ......................................... 349
Removal and Installation ...................................... 317 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 352
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................. 318 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 355
Component Description ........................................ 318 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 362
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .......................................... 363
. 318 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 364
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 318 Component Description ........................................ 364
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 319 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 364
Overall Function Check ........................................ 319 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 364
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 320 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 365
Component Inspection .......................................... 322 Removal and Installation ....................................... 365
Removal and Installation ...................................... 323 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 366
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................. 324 Component Description ........................................ 366
Component Description ........................................ 324 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 366
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 366
. 324 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 367
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324 Removal and Installation ....................................... 367
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 325 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 368
Overall Function Check ........................................ 325 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 368
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 326 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 368
Component Inspection .......................................... 328 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 369
Removal and Installation ...................................... 329 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 370
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 330 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 373
Component Description ........................................ 330 Component Description ........................................ 373
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 330 .373
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 373
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 331 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 373
Overall Function Check ........................................ 332 Overall Function Check ......................................... 373
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 333 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 375
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 334 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 376
Component Inspection .......................................... 336 DTC P1720 VSS ...................................................... 378
Removal and Installation ...................................... 337 Description ............................................................ 378
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 338 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 338 .378
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 378
. 338 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 378
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 338 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 379
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 339 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 380
Overall Function Check ........................................ 340 Description ............................................................ 380
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 341 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 342 .380
Component Inspection .......................................... 344 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 380
Removal and Installation ...................................... 345 FAIL-SAFE MODE ................................................ 380
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 346 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 380
Description ............................................................ 346 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 381
EC-4
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 382 . 435
Component Inspection ......................................... 384 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 436 A
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................ 386 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 438
Component Description ........................................ 386 Component Inspection .......................................... 441
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation ...................................... 442 EC
. 386 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................ 443
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 386 Description ............................................................ 443
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 387 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 388 . 443 C
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 390 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 444
Component Inspection ......................................... 392 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 447
Removal and Installation ...................................... 392 Component Inspection .......................................... 450 D
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................ 393 Removal and Installation ...................................... 450
Component Description ........................................ 393 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................. 451
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 451 E
. 393 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 452
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 393 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 453
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 393 Removal and Installation ...................................... 455
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 395 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 456 F
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 397 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection ......................................... 400 . 456
Removal and Installation ...................................... 400 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 457 G
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 401 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 464
Component Description ........................................ 401 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ........................... 469
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 469 H
. 401 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 473
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 401 Description ............................................................ 473
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 401 Component Inspection .......................................... 476
I
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 403 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 478
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 405 Description ............................................................ 478
Component Inspection ......................................... 408 Component Inspection .......................................... 478
Removal and Installation ...................................... 408 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 480 J
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ..................................... 409 Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 480
Component Description ........................................ 409 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 480
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Calculated Load Value .......................................... 480 K
. 409 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 480
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 409 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 480
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 410 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 480 L
Wiring Diagram .....................................................411 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 480
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 413 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 481
Component Inspection ......................................... 416 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 481
Removal and Installation ...................................... 416 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .................... 481 M
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 417 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 481
Component Description ........................................ 417 Injector .................................................................. 481
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 418 Fuel Pump ............................................................ 481
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 421
Component Inspection ......................................... 426 QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)
Removal and Installation ...................................... 427
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ............................................... 428 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 482
Component Description ........................................ 428 Alphabetical Index ................................................ 482
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC No. Index ...................................................... 484
. 428 PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 486
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 429 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 430 (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Inspection ......................................... 433 SIONER” ............................................................... 486
Removal and Installation ...................................... 433 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine .... 486
VIAS ........................................................................ 434 Precaution ............................................................ 486
Description ........................................................... 434 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 489
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC-5
PREPARATION ....................................................... 490 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 580
Special Service Tools ........................................... 490 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 581
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 491 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 582
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 492 Description ............................................................ 582
System Diagram ................................................... 492 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 494 .582
System Chart ........................................................ 496 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 583
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 496 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 583
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 499 Overall Function Check ......................................... 585
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 499 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 586
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 587
Speed) .................................................................. 500 Component Inspection .......................................... 589
CAN Communication Unit ..................................... 500 Removal and Installation ....................................... 589
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 506 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 590
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 506 Component Description ........................................ 590
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 507 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 508 .590
Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 508 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 590
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 510 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 590
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 513 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 592
Introduction ........................................................... 513 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 593
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 513 Component Inspection .......................................... 596
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 513 Removal and Installation ....................................... 596
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) .......................... 515 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 597
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..................................... 516 Component Description ........................................ 597
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 520 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 597
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 520 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 598
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 523 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 599
Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 524 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 600
Basic Inspection ................................................... 526 Component Inspection .......................................... 602
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 532 Removal and Installation ....................................... 602
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 536 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 603
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 541 Component Description ........................................ 603
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 543 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 543 .603
CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 551 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 603
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 603
. 561 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 605
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 607
Mode ..................................................................... 563 Component Inspection .......................................... 610
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 566 Removal and Installation ....................................... 610
Description ............................................................ 566 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 611
Testing Condition .................................................. 566 Component Description ........................................ 611
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 566 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 567 . 611
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 611
DENT ....................................................................... 570 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 612
Description ............................................................ 570 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 613
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 570 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 614
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 571 Component Inspection .......................................... 616
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 571 Removal and Installation ....................................... 617
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 572 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 618
Component Inspection .......................................... 578 Component Description ........................................ 618
Ground Inspection ................................................ 578 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE. 579 .618
Description ............................................................ 579 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 618
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 579 Overall Function Check ......................................... 619
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 579 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 620
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................
EC-6
Component Inspection ......................................... 622 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 664
Removal and Installation ...................................... 624 Component Description ........................................ 664 A
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ........................... 625 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 664
Component Description ........................................ 625 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 664
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 665 EC
. 625 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 666
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 625 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 625 ACTUATOR ............................................................. 668
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 627 Component Description ........................................ 668 C
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 629 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 668
Component Inspection ......................................... 632 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 668
Removal and Installation ...................................... 632 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 669 D
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 633 Removal and Installation ...................................... 670
Component Description ........................................ 633 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 633 FUNCTION .............................................................. 671 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 633 Description ............................................................ 671
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 634 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 671
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 635 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 671
Component Inspection ......................................... 637 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 673 F
Removal and Installation ...................................... 637 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 677
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 638 Component Inspection .......................................... 680
Component Description ........................................ 638 Removal and Installation ...................................... 681 G
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
. 638 RELAY ..................................................................... 682
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 638 Component Description ........................................ 682 H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 638 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 640 . 682
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 642 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 682
I
Component Inspection ......................................... 644 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 682
Removal and Installation ...................................... 645 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 684
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 646 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 687
Component Description ........................................ 646 Component Inspection .......................................... 689 J
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 646 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 690
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 646 Component Description ........................................ 690
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 648 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 690 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 649 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 690
Component Inspection ......................................... 653 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 691
Removal and Installation ...................................... 653 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 695 L
DTC P0500 VSS ..................................................... 654 Component Inspection .......................................... 696
Description ........................................................... 654 Removal and Installation ...................................... 697
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 654 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .......................... 698
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 654 Description ............................................................ 698 M
Overall Function Check ........................................ 655 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 698
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 655 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 698
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ..................................... 656 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 698
Component Description ........................................ 656 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 699
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ............................................................ 699
. 656 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 699
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 656 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 699
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 656 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 699
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 657 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 700
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 658 System Description ............................................... 700
Component Inspection ......................................... 660 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation ...................................... 660 . 700
DTC P0605 ECM .................................................... 661 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 701
Component Description ........................................ 661 Overall Function Check ........................................ 701
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 661 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 704
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 661 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 707
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 663
EC-7
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 714 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 748
Component Inspection .......................................... 715 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 749
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 716 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 751
Component Description ........................................ 716 Component Inspection .......................................... 754
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 716 Removal and Installation ....................................... 754
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 716 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ........................................ 755
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 717 Component Description ........................................ 755
Removal and Installation ...................................... 717 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 718 .755
Component Description ........................................ 718 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 755
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 718 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 755
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 718 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 757
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 719 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 759
Removal and Installation ...................................... 719 Component Inspection .......................................... 762
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 720 Removal and Installation ....................................... 762
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 720 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 763
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 720 Component Description ........................................ 763
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 721 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 722 .763
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 725 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 763
Component Description ........................................ 725 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 764
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 765
. 725 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 767
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 725 Component Inspection .......................................... 770
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 725 Removal and Installation ....................................... 770
Overall Function Check ........................................ 725 HO2S1 HEATER ...................................................... 771
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 727 Description ............................................................ 771
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 728 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1720 VSS ...................................................... 730 .771
Description ............................................................ 730 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 772
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 773
. 730 Component Inspection .......................................... 775
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 730 Removal and Installation ....................................... 775
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 730 HO2S2 HEATER ...................................................... 776
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 732 Description ............................................................ 776
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 733 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ............................................................ 733 .776
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 777
. 733 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 778
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 733 Component Inspection .......................................... 780
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 733 Removal and Installation ....................................... 780
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 735 IAT SENSOR ........................................................... 781
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 736 Component Description ........................................ 781
Component Inspection .......................................... 738 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 782
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 740 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 783
Component Description ........................................ 740 Component Inspection .......................................... 785
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation ....................................... 785
. 740 HO2S1 ..................................................................... 786
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 740 Component Description ........................................ 786
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 741 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 742 .786
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 744 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 787
Component Inspection .......................................... 746 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 788
Removal and Installation ...................................... 746 Component Inspection .......................................... 790
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 747 Removal and Installation ....................................... 791
Component Description ........................................ 747 HO2S2 ..................................................................... 792
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 792
. 747 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 747 .792
EC-8
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 793 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ........................... 861
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 794 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 861 A
Component Inspection ......................................... 796 Wiring Diagram – .................................................. 863
Removal and Installation ...................................... 797 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 865
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 798 Description ............................................................ 865 EC
Component Description ........................................ 798 Component Inspection .......................................... 868
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 799 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 870
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 802 Description ............................................................ 870
Component Inspection ......................................... 807 Component Inspection .......................................... 870 C
Removal and Installation ...................................... 808 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 872
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 872
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 809 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 872 D
Description ........................................................... 809 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 872
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 872
. 809 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 872 E
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 810 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 872
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 812 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 872
Component Inspection ......................................... 815 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 872
Removal and Installation ...................................... 815 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .................... 873 F
PNP SWITCH .......................................................... 816 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 873
Component Description ........................................ 816 Injector .................................................................. 873
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Fuel Pump ............................................................ 873 G
. 816
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 817 YD (WITH EURO-OBD)
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 818 H
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ............................................... 820 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 874
Component Description ........................................ 820 Alphabetical Index ................................................ 874
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC No. Index ...................................................... 876
PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 878 I
. 820
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 821 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 822 (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Inspection ......................................... 825 SIONER” ............................................................... 878 J
Removal and Installation ...................................... 825 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine .... 878
VIAS ........................................................................ 826 Precautions ........................................................... 878
Description ........................................................... 826 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 881 K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode PREPARATION ....................................................... 882
. 827 Special Service Tools ........................................... 882
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 828 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 882
L
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 830 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 883
Component Inspection ......................................... 833 System Diagram ................................................... 883
Removal and Installation ...................................... 834 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 884
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................ 835 System Chart ........................................................ 885 M
Description ........................................................... 835 Fuel Injection Control System ............................... 885
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Fuel Injection Timing Control System ................... 887
. 835 Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 887
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 836 Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed). 887
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 839 Crankcase Ventilation System .............................. 888
Component Inspection ......................................... 842 CAN Communication ............................................ 888
Removal and Installation ...................................... 842 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 890
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................. 843 Fuel Filter .............................................................. 890
Component Description ........................................ 843 Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ..................... 890
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 844 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 892
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 845 Introduction ........................................................... 892
Removal and Installation ...................................... 847 Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 848 Logic ..................................................................... 892
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 892
. 848 NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ......................... 896
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 849 Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..................................... 896
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 856 OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 898
EC-9
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 901 Component Inspection .......................................... 961
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 901 Removal and Installation ....................................... 962
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 904 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 963
Basic Inspection ................................................... 905 Component Description ........................................ 963
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 909 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 913 .963
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 917 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 963
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 919 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 963
ECM Terminals And Reference Value .................. 919 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 964
CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 926 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 965
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 931 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 966
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .......................................... 969
. 933 Removal and Installation ....................................... 969
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 970
Mode ..................................................................... 934 Component Description ........................................ 970
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DENT ....................................................................... 936 .970
Description ............................................................ 936 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 970
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 936 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 970
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT. 937 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 970
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 937 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 972
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 938 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 973
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 939 Component Inspection .......................................... 975
Component Inspection .......................................... 942 Removal and Installation ....................................... 975
Ground Inspection ................................................ 943 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 976
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 944 Component Description ........................................ 976
Description ............................................................ 944 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 976
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 944 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 976
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 944 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 977
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 945 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 978
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 946 Component Inspection .......................................... 980
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ............... 947 Removal and Installation ....................................... 980
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 947 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 981
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 947 Description ............................................................ 981
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 947 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 981
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 981
VALVE ..................................................................... 949 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 983
Description ............................................................ 949 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 984
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 949 Component Inspection .......................................... 986
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 950 Removal and Installation ....................................... 986
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 950 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR ......................... 987
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 951 Description ............................................................ 987
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 952 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection .......................................... 953 .987
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM .................................... 954 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 987
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 954 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 988
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 954 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 988
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 954 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 989
Removal and Installation ...................................... 955 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 990
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 956 Component Inspection .......................................... 992
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 956 Removal and Installation ....................................... 992
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 956 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 956 SENSOR .................................................................. 993
Removal and Installation ...................................... 958 Description ............................................................ 993
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM .................................... 959 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 959 .993
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 959 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 993
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 959 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 993
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................
EC-10
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 994 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR .............1038
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 995 Component Description .......................................1038 A
Removal and Installation ...................................... 996 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ......................... 997 1038
Description ........................................................... 997 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1038 EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1039
. 997 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1039
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 997 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1040
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 997 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1041 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 998 Component Inspection .........................................1043
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 999 Removal and Installation .....................................1043
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1000 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ....................................1044 D
Component Inspection ........................................1002 Description ...........................................................1044
Removal and Installation .....................................1002 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR ...............................1003 1044 E
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1003 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1044
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1003 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1045
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1003 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1045
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR .................1005 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1046 F
Component Description .......................................1005 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1047
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1049
1005 Removal and Installation .....................................1049 G
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1005 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ....................................1050
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1006 Description ...........................................................1050
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1007 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode H
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1008 1050
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1009 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1050
Component Inspection ........................................1010 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1051
I
Removal and Installation .....................................1010 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1051
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......1011 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1052
System Description .............................................1011 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1053
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1055 J
1011 Removal and Installation .....................................1055
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1011 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ....................................1056
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1012 Description ...........................................................1056 K
Overall Function Check .......................................1012 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1056
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1014 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1056
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1015 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1057 L
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1023 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1058
Component Inspection ........................................1024 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1059
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR .......................1025 Component Inspection .........................................1061
Description ..........................................................1025 Removal and Installation .....................................1061 M
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR ....................................1062
1025 Description ...........................................................1062
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1025 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1062
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1026 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1062
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1026 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1063
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1027 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1064
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1028 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1065
Component Inspection ........................................1030 Component Inspection .........................................1068
Removal and Installation .....................................1030 Removal and Installation .....................................1068
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM .......................................1031 DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY ....................................1069
Description ..........................................................1031 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1069
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1031 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1069
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1032 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1070
Overall Function Check .......................................1032 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1071
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1033 Component Inspection .........................................1072
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1034 DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION ................................1073
Component Inspection ........................................1037 Description ...........................................................1073
EC-11
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1104
1074 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1104
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1074 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1105
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1074 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1105
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1075 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1106
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1076 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1107
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1077 Component Inspection .........................................1108
Component Inspection .........................................1078 Removal and Installation ......................................1109
Removal and Installation .....................................1079 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY .......................................1110
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE .....1080 ECM Terminals and Reference valve ...................1110
Description ...........................................................1080 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1110
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1110
1081 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1111
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1081 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1112
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1081 Component Inspection .........................................1112
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1081 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .........................1113
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1083 Description ...........................................................1113
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1084 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1113
Component Inspection .........................................1085 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1113
Removal and Installation .....................................1086 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1113
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .........................1087 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............1114
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1087 Description ...........................................................1114
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1087 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1114
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1087 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1114
DTC P0605 ECM ....................................................1089 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1114
Description ...........................................................1089 DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUST-
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1089 MENT RESISTOR ...................................................1115
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1089 Description ...........................................................1115
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1090 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1115
DTC P0606 ECM ....................................................1091 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1115
Description ...........................................................1091 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1116
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1091 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1117
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1091 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1118
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1092 Component Inspection .........................................1119
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP ...........................1093 Removal and Installation ......................................1120
Description ...........................................................1093 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ..................1121
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1121
1093 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1093 1121
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1094 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1121
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1094 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1122
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1095 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1123
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1096 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1124
Component Inspection .........................................1097 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1125
Removal and Installation .....................................1097 Component Inspection .........................................1126
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...1098 Removal and Installation ......................................1126
Description ...........................................................1098 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP .......................................1127
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ...........................................................1127
1098 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1098 1127
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1099 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1127
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1099 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1128
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1100 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1128
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1101 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1129
Component Inspection .........................................1102 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1130
Removal and Installation .....................................1103 Component Inspection .........................................1132
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...1104 Removal and Installation ......................................1133
Description ...........................................................1104 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP .......................................1134
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ...........................................................1134
EC-12
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1163
1134 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1164 A
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1134 Component Inspection .........................................1165
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1135 Removal and Installation .....................................1166
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1135 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR .....................1167 EC
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1136 Description ...........................................................1167
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1137 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1167
Component Inspection ........................................1138 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1167
Removal and Installation .....................................1138 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1168 C
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP .......................................1139 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ..................................1169
Description ..........................................................1139 Description ...........................................................1169
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1170 D
1139 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1172
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1139 Component Inspection .........................................1176
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1140 Removal and Installation .....................................1176 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1140 BRAKE SWITCH ....................................................1177
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1141 Description ...........................................................1177
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1142 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Inspection ........................................1143 1177 F
Removal and Installation .....................................1143 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1177
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP .......................................1144 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1178
Description ..........................................................1144 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1179 G
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1180
1144 PNP SWITCH .........................................................1182
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1144 Description ...........................................................1182 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1145 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1145 1182
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1146 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1182
I
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1147 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1183
Component Inspection ........................................1148 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1184
Removal and Installation .....................................1148 PSP SWITCH .........................................................1186
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ....................................1149 Component Description .......................................1186 J
Description ..........................................................1149 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1186
1149 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1186 K
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1149 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1187
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1150 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1188
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1150 Component Inspection .........................................1189 L
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1151 Removal and Installation .....................................1189
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1152 FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP ...................................1190
Component Inspection ........................................1154 Description ...........................................................1190
Removal and Installation .....................................1154 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1191 M
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUP- Wiring Diagram ....................................................1192
PLY .........................................................................1155 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1194
Component Description .......................................1155 Component Inspection .........................................1197
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation .....................................1198
1155 START SIGNAL .....................................................1199
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1155 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1199
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1156 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1200
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1157 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ..........................1202
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1158 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1202
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1159 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1204
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT ...1160 General Specifications .........................................1204
Component Description .......................................1160 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1204
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1204
1160 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................1204
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1160 Glow Plug ............................................................1204
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1161 EGR Volume Control Valve .................................1204
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1161
EC-13
Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................1204 Component Inspection ......................................... 1266
Camshaft Position Sensor ...................................1204 Ground Inspection ................................................ 1267
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ........... 1268
YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD) Description ...........................................................
1268
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1268
INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1205 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1268
Alphabetical Index ...............................................1205 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1269
DTC No. Index .....................................................1206 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1270
PRECAUTIONS ......................................................1209 DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION .............. 1271
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1271
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1271
SIONER” ..............................................................1209 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1271
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ...1209 DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ................................... 1273
Precautions ..........................................................1209 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1273
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1212 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1273
PREPARATION ......................................................1213 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1273
Special Service Tools ..........................................1213 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1274
Commercial Service Tools ...................................1213 DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 1275
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1214 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1275
System Diagram ..................................................1214 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1275
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1215 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1275
System Chart .......................................................1216 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1276
Fuel Injection Control System ..............................1216 DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ................................... 1277
Fuel Injection Timing Control System ..................1218 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1277
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................1218 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1277
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed)1218 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1277
Crankcase Ventilation System .............................1219 Component Inspection ......................................... 1278
CAN Communication ...........................................1219 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1279
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1221 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 1280
Fuel Filter .............................................................1221 Component Description ....................................... 1280
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ....................1221 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1223 1280
DTC and MI Detection Logic ...............................1223 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1280
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ..........................1223 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1280
Freeze Frame Data ..............................................1223 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1280
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) .........................1224 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1282
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................1224 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1283
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1227 Component Inspection ......................................... 1285
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1227 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1285
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1230 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 1286
Basic Inspection ..................................................1231 Component Description ....................................... 1286
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1235 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1286
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1239 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1286
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1243 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1287
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1245 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1288
ECM Terminals And Reference Value .................1245 Component Inspection ......................................... 1290
CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1251 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1290
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 1291
1257 Description ...........................................................
1291
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1291
Mode ....................................................................1259 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1291
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1293
DENT ......................................................................1260 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1294
Description ...........................................................1260 Component Inspection ......................................... 1296
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1260 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1296
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT1261 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR ........................ 1297
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1261 Description ...........................................................
1297
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1262 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1263 1297
EC-14
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1297 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1332
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1298 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1333 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1298 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1333
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1299 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1334
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1300 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1335 EC
Component Inspection ........................................1302 Component Inspection .........................................1337
Removal and Installation .....................................1302 Removal and Installation .....................................1337
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM .......................................1338
SENSOR ................................................................1303 Description ...........................................................1338 C
Description ..........................................................1303 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1338
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1339
1303 Overall Function Check .......................................1339 D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1303 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1340
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1303 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1341
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1303 Component Inspection .........................................1343 E
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1304 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR .............1345
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1305 Component Description .......................................1345
Removal and Installation .....................................1306 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ........................1307 1345 F
Description ..........................................................1307 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1345
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1346
1307 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1346 G
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1307 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1347
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1307 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1348
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1308 Component Inspection .........................................1350 H
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1309 Removal and Installation .....................................1350
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1310 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ....................................1351
Component Inspection ........................................1312 Description ...........................................................1351
I
Removal and Installation .....................................1312 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR ...............................1313 1351
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1313 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1351
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1313 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1352 J
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1313 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1352
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR .................1314 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1353
Component Description .......................................1314 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1354 K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1356
1314 Removal and Installation .....................................1356
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1314 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ....................................1357 L
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1315 Description ...........................................................1357
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1316 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1317 1357
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1318 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1357 M
Component Inspection ........................................1319 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1358
Removal and Installation .....................................1319 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1358
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......1320 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1359
System Description .............................................1320 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1360
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1362
1320 Removal and Installation .....................................1362
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1320 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ....................................1363
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1321 Description ...........................................................1363
Overall Function Check .......................................1321 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1363
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1322 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1363
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1323 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1364
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1330 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1365
Component Inspection ........................................1331 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1366
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR .......................1332 Component Inspection .........................................1368
Description ..........................................................1332 Removal and Installation .....................................1368
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR ....................................1369
1332 Description ...........................................................1369
EC-15
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1369 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1401
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1369 Component Inspection ......................................... 1401
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1370 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ......................... 1402
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1371 Description ...........................................................
1402
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1372 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1402
Component Inspection .........................................1375 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1402
Removal and Installation .....................................1375 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1402
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .........................1376 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 1403
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1376 Description ...........................................................
1403
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1376 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1403
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1376 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1403
DTC P0605 ECM ....................................................1378 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1403
Description ...........................................................1378 DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUST-
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1378 MENT RESISTOR ................................................... 1404
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1378 Description ...........................................................
1404
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1378 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1404
DTC P0606 ECM ....................................................1380 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1404
Description ...........................................................1380 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1405
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1380 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1406
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1380 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1407
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1380 Component Inspection ......................................... 1408
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP ...........................1382 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1409
Description ...........................................................1382 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR .................. 1410
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ....................................... 1410
1382 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1382 1410
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1383 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1410
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1383 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1411
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1384 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1412
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1385 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1413
Component Inspection .........................................1386 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1414
Removal and Installation .....................................1386 Component Inspection ......................................... 1415
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...1387 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1415
Description ...........................................................1387 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 1416
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ...........................................................
1416
1387 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1387 1416
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1388 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1416
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1388 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1417
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1389 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1417
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1390 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1418
Component Inspection .........................................1391 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1419
Removal and Installation .....................................1392 Component Inspection ......................................... 1420
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ...1393 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1420
Description ...........................................................1393 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 1422
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ...........................................................
1422
1393 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1393 1422
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1394 ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 1422
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1394 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 1423
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1395 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1423
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1396 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 1424
Component Inspection .........................................1397 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 1425
Removal and Installation .....................................1398 Component Inspection ......................................... 1426
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY .......................................1399 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1426
ECM Terminals and Reference valve ..................1399 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP ....................................... 1427
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1399 Description ...........................................................
1427
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1399 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1400 1427
EC-16
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1427 Component Inspection .........................................1464
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1428 Removal and Installation .....................................1464 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1428 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM .....................1465
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1429 Description ...........................................................1465
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1430 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EC
Component Inspection ........................................1431 1466
Removal and Installation .....................................1431 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1466
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP .......................................1432 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1467
Description ..........................................................1432 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1468 C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .........................................1469
1432 Removal and Installation .....................................1470
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1432 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..........1471 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1433 Description ...........................................................1471
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1433 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1471
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1434 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1472 E
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1435 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1473
Component Inspection ........................................1436 Component Inspection .........................................1474
Removal and Installation .....................................1436 BRAKE SWITCH ....................................................1475
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ....................................1437 Description ...........................................................1475 F
Description ..........................................................1437 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1475
1437 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1475 G
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1437 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1476
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1438 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1477
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1438 Component Inspection .........................................1478 H
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1439 PNP SWITCH .........................................................1479
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1440 Description ...........................................................1479
Component Inspection ........................................1442 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
I
Removal and Installation .....................................1442 1479
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUP- ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1479
PLY .........................................................................1443 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1480
Component Description .......................................1443 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1481 J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode PSP SWITCH .........................................................1483
1443 Component Description .......................................1483
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1443 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode K
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1444 1483
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1445 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1483
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1446 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1484 L
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1447 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1485
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT ...1448 Component Inspection .........................................1486
Component Description .......................................1448 Removal and Installation .....................................1486
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP ...................................1487 M
1448 Description ...........................................................1487
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................1448 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1488
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1449 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1489
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1449 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1491
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1451 Component Inspection .........................................1494
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1452 Removal and Installation .....................................1495
Component Inspection ........................................1454 START SIGNAL .....................................................1496
Removal and Installation .....................................1454 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1496
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ....................1455 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1497
Description ..........................................................1455 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ..........................1498
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1455 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1498
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1455 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1500
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1455 General Specifications .........................................1500
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM .................................1457 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1500
Description ..........................................................1457 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1500
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1458 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................1500
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1460 Glow Plug ............................................................1500
EC-17
EGR Volume Control Valve ..................................1500 Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................
1500
Camshaft Position Sensor ...................................
1500
EC-18
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024
A
Alphabetical Index EBS010KY
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-44, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" . EC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . C
DTC*1
Items MI lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
2 ECM*3 D
GST*
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 2 × AT-125
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 2 × AT-130
E
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 2 × AT-135
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 2 × AT-140
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-386 F
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-386
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-393
G
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-393
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-409
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 2 × AT-106 H
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 2 — EC-380
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000* 5 1 × EC-132
I
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 2 — EC-132
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-247
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-254 J
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-364
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 2 — EC-366
K
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 2 × EC-237
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 2 × EC-237
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 2 × EC-237 L
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 2 × EC-237
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-279
M
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 2 × EC-282
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 0117 1 × EC-162
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 0118 1 × EC-162
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-348
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 2 × AT-119
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-290
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-292
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-310
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-302
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-302
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 2 × EC-216
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 2 × EC-223
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 × EC-176
EC-19
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3 up
2 ECM*
GST*
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 2 × EC-183
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-193
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 2 × EC-318
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 2 × EC-324
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 2 × EC-138
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 2 × EC-138
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 2 × EC-201
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 2 × EC-208
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 2 × EC-330
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 2 × EC-338
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 2 × EC-144
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 2 × EC-144
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 2 × EC-156
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 2 × EC-156
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 — EC-135
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-286
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-242
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 2 — EC-242
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 2 × AT-154
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 1 × EC-149
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 1 × EC-149
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 2 × EC-237
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — EC-64
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 — Flashing*4 EC-517
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 2 × AT-178
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-373
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 2 × AT-100
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 2 × EC-265
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 2 × EC-265
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 2 — EC-274
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-368
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 0750 1 × AT-161
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 0755 1 × AT-167
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 2 × AT-148
6 P1211 1211 2 — EC-346
TCS C/U FUNCTN*
EC-20
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting A
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3 up
ECM*
GST*2
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-168 EC
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-168
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-401
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1705 1 × AT-173 C
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 2 × EC-261
V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) P1720 1720 2 — EC-378
D
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 0720 2 × AT-112
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 2 × EC-272
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. E
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
F
*6: For models with ESP system.
EC-21
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
2 ECM*
GST*
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-201
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-208
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 × EC-216
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 2 × EC-223
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-229
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-229
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 × EC-237
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE 2 × EC-237
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE 2 × EC-237
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE 2 × EC-237
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE 2 × EC-237
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-242
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-242
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-247
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-254
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 × EC-261
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-265
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-265
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-272
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 — EC-274
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-279
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 × AT-100
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × AT-106
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 2 × AT-112
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 2 × AT-119
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 × AT-125
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 × AT-130
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 × AT-135
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 × AT-140
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 × AT-148
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-154
P0750 0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC 1 × AT-161
P0755 0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC 1 × AT-167
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC 2 × EC-282
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 × EC-286
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR 1 × EC-290
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC 1 × EC-292
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-302
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-302
P1128 1128 ETC MOT 1 × EC-310
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-318
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-324
EC-22
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items MI lighting A
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
ECM*
GST*2
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-330 EC
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-338
P1211 1211 TCS CU FUNCTN*6 2 — EC-346
C
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC*6 2 — EC-347
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-348
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING 2 — EC-364 D
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING 2 — EC-366
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-368
E
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION 2 — EC-64
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 × AT-173
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-373 F
P1720 1720 V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) 2 — EC-378
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-178
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 2 — EC-380 G
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-386
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-386
H
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-393
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-393
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 × EC-401 I
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-409
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
J
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II. K
*6: For models with ESP system.
EC-23
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS010L0
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T EBS010L1
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-70, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution EBS010L2
EC-24
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Do not disassemble ECM.
● If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to A
the initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is dis- EC
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
C
PBIB1164E
D
● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the
figure. E
G
PBIB1512E
EC-25
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J
SEF348N
PBIB0513E
EC-26
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces- A
sarily.
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location. E
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away F
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing- G
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis EBS010L3
H
EC-27
PREPARATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
Tool number
Description
Tool name
S-NT379
S-NT636
S-NT564
NT825
NT826
EC-28
PREPARATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Commercial Service Tools EBS010L5
A
Tool name Description
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening D
pressure
S-NT653
F
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant
temperature sensor
S-NT705 H
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
i.e.: (J-43897-18) anti-seize lubricant shown below. I
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor J
AEM488
EC-29
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
PBIB2455E
EC-30
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
QR25DE ENGINE MODELS
A
EC
PBIB2456E
EC-31
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS010L7
PBIB0489E
EC-32
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
QR25DE ENGINE MODELS
A
EC
PBIB1445E
EC-33
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS010L8
EC-34
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the EC
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor. C
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below. D
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
E
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
F
● When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease> G
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation
H
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
K
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses L
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-176 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric M
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Deceleration and acceleration
● High-load, high-speed operation
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
EC-35
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
EC-36
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS010LA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION G
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and H
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec I
A °BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
J
● At starting SEF742M
● During warm-up
● At idle K
● At low battery voltage
● During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed L
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. M
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS010LB
EC-37
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine.
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS010LC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-34 .
CAN Communication Unit EBS010LD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EC-38
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
M/T MODELS WITHOUT ESP
System Diagram A
EC
PKIA6458E G
Input/output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS actuator and H
Signals ECM electric unit (con- 4WD control unit Combination meter
trol unit)
Stop lamp switch signal T R I
Engine speed signal T R R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
J
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
A/C compressor feedback signal T R
T R R K
Vehicle speed signal
R T
ABS warning lamp signal T R
4WD warning lamp signal T R L
4WD mode indicator lamp signal T R
Parking brake switch signal R T
M
MI signal T R
EC-39
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
A/T MODELS WITHOUT ESP
System Diagram
PKIA6457E
EC-40
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
M/T MODELS WITH ESP
System Diagram A
EC
PKIA6459E G
Input/output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals ECM
ESP/TCS/ABS Steering angle 4WD control Combination H
control unit sensor unit meter
Stop lamp switch signal T R
Engine speed signal T R R R I
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R R
J
A/C switch signal*1 R T
EC-41
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
A/T MODELS WITH ESP
System Diagram
PKIA6460E
EC-42
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ESP/TCS/
Steering 4WD control Combination
Signals ECM TCM ABS control A
angle sensor unit meter
unit
T R
Engine and A/T integrated
R T EC
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
EC-43
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
With GST
Check idle speed with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector of ignition coil No.1 to clear the
wires.
2. Attach timing light to the wire as shown in the figure.
PBIB1975E
PBIB0514E
EC-44
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil. A
EC
PBIB1982E
D
2. Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this E
wire.
PBIB1976E
H
SEF166Y
PBIB0514E
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
EC-45
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS010LG
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS010LH
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
● Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
● PNP switch: ON
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/
T” system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
SEF217Z
EC-46
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
SEF454Y
D
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed QR20DE with M/T models: 650±50 rpm (in Neutral position) G
Except above: 700±50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
Ignition timing M/T: 15±5° BTDC (in Neutral position) MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: I
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
J
1. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. L
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
M
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
PBIB0665E
EC-47
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed QR20DE with M/T models: 650±50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Except above: 700±50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
Ignition timing M/T: 15±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 15±5° BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
● Engine stalls.
● Erroneous idle.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
PBIB0508E
EC-48
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres- A
sure cannot be completely released because T30 models do not have fuel return system.
CAUTION:
● The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for EC
other purposes.
● Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
C
● When installing fuel hose quick connector, refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-48, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge. D
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. E
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
● Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
G
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.
● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline. H
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the I
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00). J
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E
● When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality. K
● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
EC-49
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Fuel filter for clogging
● Fuel pump
● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
EC-50
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
A
Introduction EBS010LJ
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Mode 3 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Mode 2 of ISO 15031-5
C
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
F
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
G
GST × ×*1 × — × ×
ECM × ×*2 — — — —
H
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two I
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-77 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS010LK
J
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> K
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MI, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. L
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MI DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip M
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
trouble on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MI circuit is open by means of
operating fail-safe function.
EC-51
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-52
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Test Valve/
Items A
CONSULT-II SRT code Test Limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) 3
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — × EC-265 EC
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — — × EC-265
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 — — × EC-272
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 — — × EC-274 C
ECM P0605 0605 — — × EC-279
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — — × AT-100
D
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 — — × AT-106
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 P0720 — — × AT-112
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 — — × AT-119 E
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 — — × AT-125
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 — — × AT-130
F
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 P0733 — — × AT-135
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 P0734 — — × AT-140
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — — × AT-148 G
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — — × AT-154
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 0750 — — — AT-161
H
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 0755 — — — AT-167
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 — — × EC-282
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 — — × EC-286 I
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 — — — EC-290
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 — — — EC-292
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 — — — EC-302 J
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 — — — EC-302
ETC MOT P1128 1128 — — — EC-310
K
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 × × ×*4 EC-318
EC-53
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Test Valve/
Items
CONSULT-II SRT code Test Limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
2 ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — — — EC-386
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — — — EC-393
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — — — EC-393
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 — — — EC-401
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — — — EC-409
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: This is not displayed with GST.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: For models with ESP system.
EC-54
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many A
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
EC
E
PBIB0911E
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
L
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st M
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
EC-55
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is “ON” during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
EC-56
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. A
SRT item
Performance
(CONSULT-II Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
Priority*
indication) EC
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147
E
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
F
models with CONSULT-II.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
EC-57
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC-58
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
SEF573XB
EC-59
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on EC-57 .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-60
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB2451E
EC-61
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 72 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max.
CATALYST Three way catalyst function
P0420 02H 81H Min.
P0133 09H 04H Max.
P1143 0AH 84H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max.
P0132 0CH 04H Max.
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max.
P0139 19H 86H Min.
P1147 1AH 86H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max.
P0138 1CH 06H Max.
P0032 29H 08H Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0031 2AH 88H Min.
HO2S HTR
P0038 2DH 0AH Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 2EH 8AH Min.
EC-62
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC A
With CONSULT-II
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. EC
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu-
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
NOTE: C
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-19 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. D
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK” E
twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. F
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
SCIA5680E
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-19 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
EC-63
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Perform AT-43, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)" . (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.)
3. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-19 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-43, "HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)" . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-66, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS010LM
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-33, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-469 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SAT652J
EC-64
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status A
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit. EC
Engine stopped
C
D
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is
WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MI will light up to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected. E
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MI in
the 1st trip.
● Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
F
● One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
G
Engine stopped H
I
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
trouble on engine control system. K
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MI circuit is open by means of
operating fail-safe function. L
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
M
EC-65
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
● These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-66
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a
code. A
EC
PBIA3905E
G
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
H
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. I
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-19, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) J
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
66, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. K
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR L
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition M
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
OBD System Operation Chart EBS010LO
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on. For details, refer to EC-51, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
EC-67
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MI (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear) *1 , *2 *1 , *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-70 .
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see EC-72 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-68
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF392SA
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
EC-69
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
● The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-70
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF393SA
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EC-71
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern A>
AEC574
● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
EC-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS010LP
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are D
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
MEF036D
E
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-74 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a F
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example G
on EC-76 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni- H
cally controlled engine vehicle.
SEF233G
SEF234G
L
EC-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
MBIB0159E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-124, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-61 *6 EC-119
detected, perform EC-123, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-75 .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-63 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-84 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . E
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO F
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
G
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. H
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-79 .)Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-84 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the I
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. J
Refer to EC-95 , EC-114 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
K
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" . L
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one. M
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-42, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L
EC-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-132 .
EC-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
A
1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
● P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor EC
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor C
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor D
● P0605 ECM
● P0705 Park/Neutral position (PNP) sensor
● P1229 Sensor power supply E
● P1610-P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
F
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
EC-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON
80°C (176°F)
or START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0221 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0222 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
actuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
trouble on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has trouble and MI circuit is open by means of
operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection EBS010LS
1. INSPECTION START A
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance. EC
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut C
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. L
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
EC-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
PBIA8513J
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
QR20DE with M/T models
: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Except above
: 700 ± 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
>> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 6.
EC-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A
Refer to EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. C
>> GO TO 4.
EC-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
PBIB0514E
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
EC-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
QR20DE with M/T models
: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
Except above
: 700 ± 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. E
SEF058Y
PBIB0514E
M
M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.
EC-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-254 .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-247 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
>> GO TO 4.
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS010LT
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
EC-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL E
EC-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL E
EC-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS010LU
PBIB1978E
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB1979E
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1980E
EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB1997E
EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1981E
EC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS010LV
EC
TBWA0592E
EC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0593E
EC-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS010LW
EC
MBIB0045E D
PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F
H
PBIB1973E
PBIB1512E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. M
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed
EC-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met
– Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
2 PU/R
heater minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
EC-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] EC
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sensor
13 L/W D
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
PBIB0526E
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
G
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
H
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
14 PU/R
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V
I
[Engine is running] J
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E
K
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
L
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly M
16 OR/B Heated oxygen sensor 2 after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
EC-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
22 G/B Injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 R/B Injector No. 1
41 L/B Injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 Y/B Injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0530E
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 G/W ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm
heater
PBIB0519E
EC-98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition EC
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
Sensor power supply
46 R (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
sor)
Sensor power supply
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor) D
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) E
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped F
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
G
[Engine is running]
0.7 - 1.1V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
0.8 - 1.2V (QR25DE)
● Idle speed
50 OR Mass air flow sensor H
[Engine is running]
1.4 - 1.9V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
1.6 - 1.9V (QR25DE)
● Engine speed is 2,500 rpm I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed J
Sensor ground
(Intake air temperature [Engine is running]
57 B sensor/ Power steering ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V K
pressure sensor/ Refriger- ● Idle speed
ant pressure sensor)
0 - 0.1V L
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
M
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
60 L/R Ignition signal No. 3 at idle
61 BR Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0522E
EC-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 Y
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB1790E
EC-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch: 2ND position (11 - 14V) EC
84 L/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
85 LG DATA link connector
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected (11 - 14V)
EC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 G/W
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
114 B/OR Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
EC-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode Function
A
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. EC
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data C
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values D
I
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × ×
Vehicle speed signal × × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × × J
Throttle position sensor × × ×
INPUT
EC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOS- DTC & SRT
TIC RESULTS CONFIRMATION
DATA
Item WORK DATA
SUP- DTC*1 FREEZ MONI-
MONI- ACTIV DTC
TOR E TEST SRT
PORT E TOR WORK
(SPEC) STA-
FRAME SUP-
TUS
DATA*2 PORT
Fuel injector × × ×
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located under driver side dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0376E
PBIB2276E
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
EC-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-35, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" . A
EC
SEF995X
D
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
E
G
PBIB2308E
EC-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICL SPEED [km/
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
EC-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks A
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● After turning ON the ignition
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal dur- switch, “RICH” is displayed until EC
ing air-fuel ratio feedback control: air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, and control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
× × control is being affected toward a leaner mix-
[RICH/LEAN] ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
ture. C
LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, and clamped, the value just before the
control is being affected toward a rich mixture. clamping is displayed continu-
ously.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: D
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● When the engine is stopped, a
× way catalyst is relatively small.
[RICH/LEAN] certain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after E
three way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] speed signal is displayed.
F
BATTERY VOLT ● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
× ×
[V] played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × ● ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted G
● The accelerator pedal position sensor signal
by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × voltage is displayed.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × ● THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage is H
by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × displayed.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
● The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE I
× × signal voltage of the intake air temperature
[°C] or [°F]
sensor) is indicated.
● Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] com- ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL
× × puted by the ECM according to the signals of displayed regardless of the starter J
[ON/OFF]
engine speed and battery voltage. signal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS
× × the ECM according to the accelerator pedal K
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG
× × tioner switch as determined by the air condi- L
[ON/OFF]
tioner signal.
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× ×
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
M
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL
× × pressure sensor as determined by the power
[ON/OFF]
steering pressure sensor is indicated.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electri-
cal load signal.
LOAD SIGNAL ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/
× ×
[ON/OFF] or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch.
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater
×
[ON/OFF] fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
×
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
EC-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width ● When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
× compensated by ECM according to the input certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
signals. cated.
IGN TIMING ● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ● When the engine is stopped, a
×
[BTDC] according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the value of
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
the current airflow divided by peak airflow.
● Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM
MASS AIRFLOW
according to the signal voltage of the mass air
[g·m/s]
flow sensor.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve control value computed
PURG VOL C/V by the ECM according to the input signals.
[%]
● The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced
[°CA] angle.
● The control value of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] according to the input signal) is indicated.
● The advance angle becomes larger as the
value increases
● The control condition of the VIAS control sole-
noid valve (determined by ECM according to
VIAS S/V the input signals) is indicated.
[ON/OFF] ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not oper-
ating.
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY
× (determined by ECM according to the input
[ON/OFF]
signals) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY
× determined by ECM according to the input sig-
[ON/OFF]
nals.
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay con-
THRTL RELAY
× trol condition determined by the ECM accord-
[ON/OFF]
ing to the input signals.
● Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the input
COOLING FAN signals).
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxy-
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
gen sensor 1 heater determined by ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxy-
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
gen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM
[ON/OFF]
according to the input signals.
EC-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks A
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Display the condition of idle air volume learn-
ing EC
IDL A/V LEARN YET: Idle air volume learning has not been
[YET/CMPLT] performed yet.
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully. C
TRVL AFTER MIL
● Distance traveled while MI is activated.
[km] or [mile]
AC PRESS SEN ● The signal voltage from the refrigerant pres- D
×
[V] sure sensor is displayed.
Voltage [V]
E
Frequency ● Only “#” is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
DUTY-HI ● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures F
DUTY-LOW
as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW G
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
H
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
ECM I
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
● Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signals of the crankshaft posi-
J
ENG SPEED [rpm] ×
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running specification K
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification L
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
● When engine is running specification M
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-109
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
A
SEF707X
Operation M
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “Incident Simulation Tests” in GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
EC-111
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0197E
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
MODE 1 READINESS TESTS
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-55, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
EC-112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode Function
A
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
EC
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO ● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
● Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
C
● Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com-
MODE 6 (ON BOARD TESTS)
ponents/systems that are not continuously monitored. D
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
E
MODE 8 — This mode is not applicable on this vehicle.
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 (CALIBRATION ID)
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
F
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under G
driver side dash panel near the fuse box cover.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
PBIB0376E
J
SEF398S
SEF416S
EC-113
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010M0
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-119, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
● Engine: After warming up
● Keeping the engine speed
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
HO2S2 (B1) between 3,800 and 4,000 rpm for 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
quickly.
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
LEAN ←→ RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times
rpm
during 10 seconds.
● Engine: After warming up
● Keeping the engine speed
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) between 3,800 and 4,000 rpm for LEAN ←→ RICH
quickly.
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
EC-114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF EC
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan is operating. ON
HEATER FAN SW ● Ignition switch: ON C
Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1 E
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 13° - 17° BTDC
F
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
● No load
G
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% H
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s
● Air conditioner switch: OFF I
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s
● No load
J
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PURG VOL C/V
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 20 - 30% K
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF L
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2% M
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
● No load
Idle OFF
VIAS S/V ● Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON
EC-115
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 99°C LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F)
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MI has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL ● Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C
O2SEN HTR DTY (176°F) Approx. 50%
● Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V
AC PRESS SEN ● Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in 1st
position (M/T models).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.
EC-116
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A
EC
SEF241Y
EC-117
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0668E
EC-118
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description EBS010M2
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
NOTE:
K
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-79, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. L
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
5. If NG, go to EC-120, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-119
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010M5
SEF613ZD
EC-120
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
SEF768Z
EC-121
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SEF615ZA
EC-122
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description EBS010M6
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area. C
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1. INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.
EC-123
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
TBWA0594E
EC-124
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
1 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE D
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] E
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 G/W
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds passed turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
1. INSPECTION START I
Start engine.
Is engine running?
J
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 2.
K
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. L
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0015E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-125
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-126
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Disconnect ECM relay.
EC
D
PBIB1973E
SEF420X
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-127
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-131, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-417, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
PBIB1630E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 12.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 14.
PBIB1973E
SEF860T
EC-128
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E60, F36
● 10A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-129
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
17. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" .
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-130
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010MA
ECM RELAY A
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
EC
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
C
OFF No
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
D
PBIB0077E
PBIB1870E
EC-131
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
Description EBS010MB
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010MC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
EC-132
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010ME
EC
TBWA0595E
EC-133
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010MF
EC-134
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
A
Description EBS010MG
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C
Wheel sensor* Vehicle speed
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
D
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake J
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid K
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010MH L
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
M
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
● No load
EC-135
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010MI
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See EC-
286 .
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec-
onds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS 60 - 120°C (176 - 194°F)
SEF174Y
A/T: P or N position
Selector lever
M/T: Neutral position
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLANT TEMPS 70 - 105°C (176 - 194°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-136
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010MK
PBIB0565E I
EC-137
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
Description EBS010ML
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 range.
sensor 1 heater open or shorted.)
0031 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0032 range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
0032 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-138
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II. A
4. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-141, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. EC
SEF174Y
D
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
3. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed. F
6. Select MODE 3 with GST.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using G
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. There-
fore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
H
EC-139
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010MP
TBWA0596E
EC-140
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sen-
24 G/W ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm
sor 1 heater
E
PBIB0519E
K
PBIB0500E
PBIB0541E
EC-141
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E60, F36
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-142
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010MR
PBIB0542E
H
Removal and Installation EBS010MS
EC-143
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
Description EBS010MT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warming up
ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
EC-144
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with A
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. EC
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-147, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF174Y
SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up the normal operating temperature.
E
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. F
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. G
8. Select MODE 3 with GST.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-147, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
● When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. There-
fore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
I
EC-145
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010MX
TBWA0597E
EC-146
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met
– Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V
D
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 PU/R
heater under no load
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
F
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
K
PBIB0500E
PBIB0541E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short ot power in harness or connectors.
EC-147
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0542E
EC-148
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description EBS010N1
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
PBIB1604E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010N2
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-149
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-152, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-152, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-152, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
EC-150
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010N5
EC
TBWA0598E
EC-151
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0.7 - 1.1V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
0.8 - 1.2V (QR25DE)
● Idle speed
50 OR Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
1.4 - 1.9V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
1.6 - 1.9V (QR25DE)
● Engine speed is 2,500 rpm
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
67 B/P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
● Idle speed
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
EC-152
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" . EC
J
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-153
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0495E
PBIB1168E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-154
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-155, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
F
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
EC-155
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIB1604E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
25 (77) 3.32 1.94 - 2.06
80 (176) 1.23 0.295 - 0.349
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010NA
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air tempera-
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air tempera-
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Intake air temperature sensor
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-152, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
EC-156
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. A
EC
EC-157
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010NC
TBWA0599E
EC-158
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010ND
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-159
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0495E
PBIB1169E
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 57.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-160
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010NE
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature C
sensor).
D
PBIB1604E
SEF012P
H
EC-161
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 72
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010NH
EC-162
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up. A
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
EC
or START. CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
C
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
D
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
E
while engine is running.
NOTE: F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
G
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
H
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
I
SEF058Y
K
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
L
EC-163
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010NJ
TBWA0600E
EC-164
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010NK
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-165
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0496E
PBIB0080E
EC-166
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010NL
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
F
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
72 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H
SEF012P
EC-167
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-168
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
EC
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-172, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-169
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010NR
TBWB0260E
EC-170
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE EC
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Throttle position sensor
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
power supply C
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) D
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
E
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
F
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
G
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) H
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped I
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
J
Sensor power supply
91 BR/Y (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 2)
K
EC-171
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010NS
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-172
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
EC
D
PBIB1992E
PBIB1971E
H
PBIB0082E
L
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace open circuit.
EC-173
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-170
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-388
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and ECM terminal 66.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 ECM terminal 68.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-174
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A
Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. EC
NG >> GO TO 10.
step.
7. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . M
8. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010NU
EC-175
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
SEF463R
SEF288D
● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm. LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-176
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010NY
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-179, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
E
SEF174Y
WITH GST G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. I
6. Select MODE 3 with GST.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using J
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. There-
fore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
K
EC-177
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010NZ
TBWA0602E
EC-178
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-179
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
1. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0499E
EC-180
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Refer to EC-181, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
SEF646Y
J
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- K
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. L
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-181
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010O2
EC-182
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0133 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS010O3
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
L
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index. M
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-183
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Fuel pressure
P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The response of the voltage signal from the ● Injectors
0133 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
● Intake air leaks
● Exhaust gas leaks
● PCV valve
● Mass air flow sensor
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
SEF338Z
EC-184
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-187, "Diagnostic A
Procedure" .
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check EBS010O7
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. F
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more G
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V H
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-187, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
MBIB0018E
EC-185
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010O8
TBWA0602E
EC-186
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] D
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010O9
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-187
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0499E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-188
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- H
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE I
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-216 or EC-223 ).
No >> GO TO 6.
EC-189
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 35.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-190
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- A
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
EC
SEF646Y
D
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- E
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. F
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
SEF648Y K
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. L
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
M
EC-191
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010OB
EC-192
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS010OC
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
L
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks M
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-193
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010OF
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.
PBIB0544E
SEC750C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-194
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. EC
● The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to EC-197, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
MBIB0018E
E
EC-195
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010OH
TBWA0602E
EC-196
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] D
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010OI
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-197
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and ECM
terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power PBIB0500E
in harness or connectors.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-198
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- A
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
EC
SEF646Y
D
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- E
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. F
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
SEF648Y K
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. L
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-199
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010OK
EC-200
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS010OL
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010OM
SEF305UA
L
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor M
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0138 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 2
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-201
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-204, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
8. Select MODE3 with GST.
9. If NG, go to EC-204, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0020E
EC-202
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010OQ
EC
TBWA0603E
EC-203
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
16 OR/B Heated oxygen sensor 2 after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-204
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ECM EC
terminal 74.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3. PBIB0500E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. E
3. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 ECM terminal 16. F
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
G
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist. H
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-205
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB0551E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-206
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS010OT
EC
EC-207
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0139 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
SEF302U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
● Injectors
● Intake air leaks
EC-208
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010OX
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and EC
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1. D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. G
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
H
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II I
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
J
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105 °C K
Selector level Suitable position
PBIB0552E
NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
EC-209
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with “OD”
OFF (A/T) from the above condition [step 9] until “INCOM-
PLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen has turned to
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-II
screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnec-
essary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
PBIB0553E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec- MBIB0020E
ond during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-212, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-210
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010OZ
EC
TBWA0603E
EC-211
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Revving engine form idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
16 OR/B Heated oxygen sensor 2 after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-212
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
C
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
G
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
H
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
I
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
J
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-216 or EC-223 .
K
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-213
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 16.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF662Y
EC-214
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
PBIB0551E D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION: E
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load I
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure. J
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check K
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E L
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: M
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010P2
EC-215
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
● Intake air leaks
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-219, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-219, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. SEF215Z
EC-216
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. EC
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. C
6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
D
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
219, "Diagnostic Procedure" . PBIB0495E
E
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-219, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. F
EC-217
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010P5
TBWA0604E
EC-218
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010P6
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. I
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connec-
tor.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 2 and ECM
terminal 35.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L
EC-219
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-48, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-48, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
EC-220
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
PBIB1986E
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-428, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" . K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. M
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
PBIB1726E
EC-221
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC-222
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010P7
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MI (2 trip detection logic). C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too F
● Exhaust gas leaks
0172 too rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
● Mass air flow sensor G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010P8
NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- J
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. K
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. M
If engine starts, go to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine
does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. SEF215Z
EC-223
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-
226, "Diagnostic Procedure" . PBIB0495E
EC-224
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010P9
EC
TBWA0604E
EC-225
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010PA
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-226
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
EC
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm C
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
D
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. F
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-149, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. H
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine I
speed drop.
K
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II L
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
M
Clicking noise should be heard.
PBIB1986E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-428, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
EC-227
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
EC-228
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS010PB
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up. L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-229
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-233, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-230
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010PF
EC
TBWB0261E
EC-231
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle position sensor
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR/Y (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 2)
EC-232
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010PG
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-233
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
PBIB1992E
PBIB1971E
PBIB0082E
EC-234
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-231
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-395
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-400, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H
EC-235
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-236, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO10.
step.
7. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010PI
EC-236
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE PFP:00000 A
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-237
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-238, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing
the following procedure is advised. PBIB0164E
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
dition should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F)
Engine coolant temperature
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70°C (158°F)
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Refer to the following table.
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010PL
EC-238
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST A
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
EC
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
PBIB0133E
E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine F
speed drop?
PBIB1970E
I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7. J
4. CHECK INJECTOR
K
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5. L
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-428,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
M
PBIB1986E
EC-239
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK
1. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
2. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
3. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
4. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-417, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
SEF575Q
SEF156I
EC-240
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
Check the following items. Refer to EC-79, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Specifications
EC
QR20DE with M/T models 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Target idle speed
Except above 700 ± 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position] C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Follow the EC-79, "Basic Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. K
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-149, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace.
>> GO TO 14.
EC-241
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
PBIB0512E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-244, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-242
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010PP
EC
TBWA0606E
EC-243
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed
PBIB0512E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-244
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR A
Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
PBIB2021E
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-245
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF227W
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-82, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
EC-246
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS010PT
H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of I
● Harness or connectors
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or
P0335 Crankshaft position ● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position shorted.)
0335 sensor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
running.
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS) J
● Signal plate
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010PW
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
M
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-250, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-247
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010PX
TBWA0607E
EC-248
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle E
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
14 PU/R
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V
F
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm G
PBIB0528E
H
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
30 B (Crankshaft position sen- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor) ● Idle speed
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-249
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010PY
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-250
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
EC
PBIB0512E
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
EC-251
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0563E
EC-252
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
A
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞ EC
2 (+) - 1 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
C
MBIB0024E
D
Removal and Installation EBS010Q0
EC-253
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking. ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor ● Camshaft (Intake)
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-21 .)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-21 .)
pattern during engine running.
● Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-256, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-256, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-254
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010Q4
EC
TBWA0608E
EC-255
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sensor
13 L/W
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-256
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-131, "Ground Inspection" . EC
J
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-257
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0496E
PBIB0664E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 29.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-258
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 13.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
F
8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
G
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. I
PBIB0565E
J
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
PBIB0563E
EC-259
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-)
MBIB0024E
EC-260
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010Q8
SEF484YF
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Three way catalyst (manifold) F
● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate ● Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system efficiency properly.
● Fuel injector G
0420 below threshold ● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing H
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
K
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start Engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,00 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP- M
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 10
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
PBIB0566E
EC-261
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C
(158°F) and then retest from step 1.
PBIB0567E
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place
(soak the vehicle)
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLANT TEMP/S” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLANT TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°(158°F),
go to step 3.
SEF013Y
SEF535Z
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,00 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 sig-
nal) and ground, and ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
MBIB0018E
EC-262
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 16 and ground is very less than that of A
ECM terminal 35 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency EC
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-263, "Diagnostic Proce- C
dure" .
NOTE: MBIB0124E
If the voltage at terminal 35 does not switch periodically more than 5 D
times within 10 seconds at step 7, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-187 .)
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010QB
E
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
G
2. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle. H
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
M
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-263
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the EC-79, "Basic Inspection" .
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-429 .
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 22, 23, 41, 42 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-430, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0030E
SEF575Q
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove injector assembly.
Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
EC-264
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE PFP:14920 A
Description EBS010QC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
D
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control control solenoid valve
SEF337U
EC-265
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010QE
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
● Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit
0445 to ECM through the valve ● EVAP canister purge volume control
shorted
solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-269, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-266
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010QG
EC
TBWA0609E
EC-267
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-268
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010QH
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C
E
PBIB1993E
PBIB1968E
I
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
PBIB0148E
EC-269
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2 and
ECM terminal 19. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0569E
EC-270
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010QI
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between termi- G
Yes
nals 1 and 2
No supply No
H
PBIB0150E
EC-271
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
Description EBS010QK
NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ESP/TCS/ABS control unit” (with ESP
models) or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” (without ESP models) through CAN communication
line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010QL
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from ● ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models)
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
0500 ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
even when vehicle is being driven.
(without ESP models)
● Wheel sensor
● Combination meter
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-273, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED M/T: 2,000 - 6,000 rpm
A/T: 1,750 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL QR20DE 4.9 - 31.8 msec
M/T: 5.0 - 31.8 msec
QR25DE
A/T: 6.0 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
SEF196Y
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-272
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels. A
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in MODE 1 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with EC
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-273, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010QO
1. CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” (WITHOUT ESP
MODELS) OR “ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT” (WITH ESP MODELS) D
Refer to BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (Without ESP models) or BRC-58, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(With ESP models).
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
F
2. CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check combination meter function. G
Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
EC-273
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763
PBIB0502E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-276, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-274
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010QT
EC
TBWA0610E
EC-275
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure ● Steering wheel is being turned
12 P
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
● Steering wheel is not being turned
Sensor ground
(Intake air temperature [Engine is running]
57 B sensor/ Power steering ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
pressure sensor/ Refriger- ● Idle speed
ant pressure sensor)
Sensor power supply
65 R (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-276
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB0502E
SEF509Y H
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 12.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-277
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Condition Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned. 0.5 - 4.0V
Steering wheel is not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V
MBIB0025E
EC-278
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS010QW
PBIB1164E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010QX
FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
I
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
EC-279
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-280, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010QZ
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-279 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-279 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-280
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-64, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" . EC
3. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . C
EC-281
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning value memory, etc.
PBIB1164E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit open or shorted.]
1065 properly.
● ECM
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-284, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-282
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010R3
EC
TBWA0611E
EC-283
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 W/L [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
MBIB0026E
EC-284
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
C
See EC-282 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
With GST D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”. E
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-282 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END G
5. REPLACE ECM
H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-64, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
I
3. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . J
EC-285
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-288, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-286
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010R9
EC
TBWA0612E
EC-287
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 Y
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB1790E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
PBIB0511E
PBIB0285E
EC-288
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
3. Check harness continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal
62. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-289, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
G
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H
M
MBIB0027E
EC-289
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010RE
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and
wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and
wait at least 3 seconds.
8. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn SEF058Y
ON.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-291, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-290
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. A
SEF058Y
With GST F
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010RG
G
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. H
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. J
K
PBIB0518E
EC-291
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
Description EBS010RI
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-290 or EC-302 .
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010RJ
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-297, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-292
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010RL
LHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0613E
EC-293
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-294
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0614E
EC-295
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-296
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010RM
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the fol-
M
lowing conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E
EC-297
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay.
PBIB1972E
PBIB0575E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-298
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
1. Check continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E116, M75 (LHD models) E
● Harness connectors E106, M14 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB1971E
EC-299
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
PBIB0518E
PBIB0098E
EC-300
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
A
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step. EC
4. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C
PBIB0095E
D
Removal and Installation EBS010RO
EC-301
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
Power supply for the Throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010RQ
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-307, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
EC-302
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-307, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
SEF058Y
E
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
F
EC-303
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010RT
LHD MODELS
TBWA0615E
EC-304
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF] D
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
EC-305
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
TBWA0616E
EC-306
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE C
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay D
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
I
PBIB1972E
PBIB0575E
M
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
EC-307
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 3 and ECM terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-308
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010RV
PBIB0098E
E
EC-309
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010RX
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-315, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-310
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010RZ
LHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0617E
EC-311
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-312
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0618E
EC-313
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-314
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010S0
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-315
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
4 Should exist
3
5 Should not exist
4 Should not exist PBIB1992E
6
5 Should exist
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
PBIB1971E
EC-316
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
A
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step. EC
4. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C
PBIB0095E
D
Removal and Installation EBS010S2
EC-317
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1143 HO2S1 PFP:22690
SEF463R
SEF288D
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltage from the
● Fuel pressure
1143 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leaks
EC-318
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010S6
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G
PBIB0546E
I
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will J
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED QR20DE: 1,400 - 3,200 rpm
QR25DE: 1,200 - 2,800 rpm K
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL QR20DE: 2.9 - 14.5 msec
QR25DE: 1.9 - 14.5 msec L
Selector lever Suitable position PBIB0547E
SEC769C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-319
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least 1 time.
4. If NG, go to EC-320, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0018E
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-320
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
EC
>> GO TO 3.
C
D
PBIB0499E
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
H
SEF215Z
J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- L
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE M
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-216 .
No >> GO TO 4.
EC-321
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
SEF646Y
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-322
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
C
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
D
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 F
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. G
EC-323
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1144 HO2S1 PFP:22690
SEF463R
SEF288D
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The maximum and minimum voltages from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
1144 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-324
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010SE
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode E
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch “START”.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G
PBIB0548E
I
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will J
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED QR20DE: 1,400 - 3,200 rpm
QR25DE: 1,200 - 2,800 rpm K
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL QR20DE: 2.9 - 14.5 msec
QR25DE: 1.9 - 14.5 msec L
Selector lever Suitable position PBIB0549E
SEC772C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-325
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
● The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least 1 time.
4. If NG, go to EC-326, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MBIB0018E
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-326
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
EC
>> GO TO 3.
C
D
PBIB0499E
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
H
SEF215Z
J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- L
nector.
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE M
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-223 .
No >> GO TO 4.
EC-327
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
PBIB0500E
SEF646Y
EC-328
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes A
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right. EC
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
SEF217YA
G
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground. J
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V K
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010SI
EC-329
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1146 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
PBIB0554E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1146 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1146 minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-330
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010SM
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and EC
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro-
cedure for COND1 D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
For the Best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. G
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
H
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-II I
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
J
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C K
Selector lever Suitable position
PBIB0555E
NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
● If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
EC-331
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with “OD”
OFF (A/T) from the above condition [step 9] until “INCOM-
PLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen has turned to
“COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
PBIB0556E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-334, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-332
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010SO
EC
TBWA0603E
EC-333
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
16 OR/B Heated oxygen sensor 2 after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-334
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
C
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
G
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
H
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
I
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
J
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-223 .
K
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-335
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 16.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF662Y
EC-336
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
PBIB0551E D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION: E
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load I
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure. J
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or K
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E L
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: M
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010SR
EC-337
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1147 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
SEF259VA
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit open or shorted.)
P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
1147 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
● Intake air leaks
EC-338
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010SV
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
● “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and EC
“COND3” are completed.
● If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in “Pro-
cedure for COND1” D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C(32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. G
6. Touch “START”.
7. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
H
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in “Procedure for COND3”.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at COND1” on the CONSULT-II I
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
J
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C K
Selector lever Suitable position
PBIB0557E
NOTE:
● If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
EC-339
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with “OD”
OFF (A/T) from the above condition [step 9] until “INCOM-
PLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-II screen has turned to
“COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-
II screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in “Procedure for COND3”.
PBIB0558E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this MBIB0020E
procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-342, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-340
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010SX
EC
TBWA0603E
EC-341
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
16 OR/B Heated oxygen sensor 2 after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-342
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
C
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
D
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
G
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
H
5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-63, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
I
7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? PBIB0495E
J
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-216 .
K
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-343
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 16.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF662Y
EC-344
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
PBIB0551E D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION: E
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load I
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure. J
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check K
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E L
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: M
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010T0
EC-345
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850
Description EBS010T1
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ESP/
TCS/ABS control unit to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010T2
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-346, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010T4
EC-346
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
A
Description EBS010T5
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but C
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010T6
D
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
● Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information (The CAN communication line is open or
P1212 TCS communication
from ESP/TCS/ABS control unit continu- shorted.) F
1212 line
ously. ● ESP/TCS/ABS control unit
● Dead (Weak) battery
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010T7
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If a 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Proce- J
dure" .
L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. M
EC-347
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
PBIB1987E
EC-348
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010TA
A
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF EC
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C C
OFF
(201°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95°C (203°F) and 99°C LOW D
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F) or more
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH
(212°F) or more
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010TB
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction F
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
H
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- shorted.)
heat). ● Cooling fan
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop- ● Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat). I
● Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system
● Radiator cap
using the proper filling method.
● Water pump J
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
range. ● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-362,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
K
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Changing Engine Oil" . L
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. M
Overall Function Check EBS010TC
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
EC-349
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-355,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-355,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W
SEF646X
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-355,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-355,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. SEF621W
EC-350
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed. A
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-355, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
MEC475B
EC-351
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010TD
LHD MODELS
TBWA0619E
EC-352
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
89 G Cooling fan relay (High)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is high speed operating D
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
97 PU Cooling fan relay (Low) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is operating
EC-353
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
TBWA0620E
EC-354
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
89 G Cooling fan relay (High)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is high speed operating D
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
97 PU Cooling fan relay (Low) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is operating
SEF784Z M
SEF785Z
EC-355
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-3.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
4. Turn blower fan switch ON.
PBIB1972E
SEC163BA
MEC475B
EC-356
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi)
EC
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. D
SLC754A
F
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following for leak.
● Hose G
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer toCO-20, "WATER PUMP" .)
H
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure. J
Radiator cap 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0
relief pressure: kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
L
SLC755A
EC-357
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening 82 °C (180 °F) [standard]
temperature:
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95 °C (0.31 in/203 °F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature.
For details, refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CON-
TROL VALVE" .
OK or NG
SLC343
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace thermostat.
EC-358
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE A
A
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
PBIB1972E
PBIB0577E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible links K
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
EC-359
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
4 and ground. PBIB0504E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 97. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-360
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Perform EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C
PBIB1972E G
PBIB0251E
K
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
L
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and battery
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
3 and cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6, cooling fan relay-3 terminal
7 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
PBIB0504E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-361
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 89.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-22 , and CO-12 .
lower radiator hoses
EC-362
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
A
ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —
gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See CO-9 .
reservoir tank and idling EC
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9 .
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank
tor C
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-67 .
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-82 . D
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. E
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
F
Component Inspection EBS010TG
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter- H
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
I
SEF745U
J
Terminals L
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2
M
PBIB1999E
Terminals
Speed
(+) (-)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1., 2 3, 4
SEF734W
EC-363
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-365, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-364
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010TK
E
PBIB0518E
EC-365
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-367, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-366
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010TP
E
PBIB0518E
EC-367
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-368
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010TT
EC
TBWB0262E
EC-369
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
46 R (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply
65 R (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Sensor power supply
90 R (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1)
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-370
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor (APP) sensor har-
ness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB0498E
PBIB0914E
H
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. M
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-94, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
● Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
EC-371
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC-372
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description EBS010TV
When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010TW
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
J
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position (A/T) K
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
L
If NG, go to EC-376, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 6,375 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-373
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known good data)
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Neutral position (M/T)
A/T: Battery voltage
Except above position
M/T: Approximately 5V
EC-374
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010U0
EC
TBWA0622E
EC-375
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
A/T models
102 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
● Except above position M/T models
Approximately 5V
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 1 and ECM terminal 102, combination meter ter-
minal 55. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-376
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK PNP SWITCH A
Refer to AT-408, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch" (A/T) or MT-13, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" (M/T).
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.
C
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
EC-377
DTC P1720 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1720 VSS PFP:31036
Description EBS018LQ
NOTE:
If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-132, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from ESP/TCS/ABS
control unit (models with ESP) or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”(models without ESP), and the
other is from TCM (Transmission control module). ECM uses these two signals for engine control.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS018LR
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without brake pedal depress-
ing.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-379, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-378
DTC P1720 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS018LU
EC-379
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
Description EBS010U2
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010U3
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-382, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
PBIB1952E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-380
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010U7
EC
TBWA0623E
EC-381
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal is fully released
101 P Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal is slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
EC-382
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC
D
PBIB0498E
PBIB1184E H
K
PBIB0117E
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-383
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 101.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0498E
PBIB1185E
EC-384
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
M/T Models
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. A
EC
PBIB0498E
D
PBIB0118E
EC-385
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-386
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010UD
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-390, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-387
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010UE
TBWA0624E
EC-388
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
EC-389
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010UF
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-390
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB0498E
PBIB0914E H
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 106.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-391
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-392
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS010UI
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-393
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-397, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-394
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010UM
EC
TBWB0263E
EC-395
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
EC-396
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010UN
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-397
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0498E
PBIB0915E
EC-398
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . EC
EC-399
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010UO
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-400
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS010UQ
FAIL-SAFE MODE L
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
M
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-401
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-405, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-402
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010UU
EC
TBWB0264E
EC-403
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Throttle position sensor
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR/Y (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 2)
EC-404
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010UV
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-405
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1992E
PBIB1971E
PBIB0082E
EC-406
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-403
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-395
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-400, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-45, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H
EC-407
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-408, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
step.
7. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010UX
EC-408
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS010UY
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-409
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010V1
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-413, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-410
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010V2
EC
TBWB0265E
EC-411
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
EC-412
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010V3
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-413
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0498E
PBIB0914E
PBIB0915E
EC-414
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-409
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-293
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. G
2. Perform EC-46, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-46, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
EC-415
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-416
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
A
Component Description EBS010V6
PBIB1969E
E
EC-417
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010V7
TBWA0628E
EC-418
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
111 G/W D
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
E
119 SB BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 GY (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 W/L [Ignition switch: OFF] F
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-419
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0629E
EC-420
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
60 L/R Ignition signal No. 3 at idle E
PBIB0521E
61 BR Ignition signal No. 1
79 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4
0 - 0.2V
80 PU Ignition signal No. 2
F
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm G
PBIB0522E
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
1. CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running? J
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. K
No >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0133E
EC-421
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
MBIB0033E
PBIB0521E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
MBIB0034E
EC-422
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
PBIB1969E
E
4. Check voltage between condenser terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. G
NG >> GO TO 6.
H
PBIB0624E
PBIB0625E
EC-423
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E61, F38
● 20A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
EC-424
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
PBIB1969E
SEF107S
I
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay.
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-425
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
OFF No
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
PBIB0077E
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
MBIB0031E
EC-426
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
EC
Terminal No. Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 2 C
Except 0
1 and 3
MBIB0032E
E
Removal and Installation EBS010VA
EC-427
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
EC-428
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010VD
EC
TBWA0630E
EC-429
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
22 G/B Injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 R/B Injector No. 1
41 L/B Injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 Y/B Injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-430
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
PBIB1986E
J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
K
EC-431
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1970E
PBIB0582E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-432
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. DETECT MALFONCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors F101, F1
● Harness for open or short between injector and ECM EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injector. E
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. H
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
I
K
PBIB1727E
INJECTOR L
Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
EC-433
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
VIAS PFP:14956
Description EBS011HT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Throttle position sensor Throttle position VIAS control VIAS control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
PBIB0843E
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suc-
tion efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided indepen-
dently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys-
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0946E
EC-434
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum A
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil EC
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
C
PBIB0947E
D
EC-435
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011HW
TBWA0651E
EC-436
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
VIAS control solenoid ● Idle speed (11 - 14V)
6 Y
valve [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm D
EC-437
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011HX
PBIB0844E
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and make sure
that power valve actuator rod moves.
PBIB0949E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves.
PBIB0949E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (With CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 3.
EC-438
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
EC
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and check vac-
uum existence under the following conditions.
VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum D
ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.
E
PBIB0844E
OK or NG F
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-II H
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle. I
4. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions. J
Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist. K
No supply Should not exist.
OK or NG
L
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0845E
1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-32, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
EC-439
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK VACUUM TANK
Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum tank.
PBIB0947E
PBIB0173E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-440
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
Refer to EC-441, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. EC
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
PBIB0177E
J
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions. K
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B between A and C
L
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
M
Operation takes less than 1 second.
MEC488B
VACUUM TANK
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum pump.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B .
PBIB0846E
EC-441
VIAS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS011HZ
EC-442
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042
A
Description EBS010VH
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage* C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel E
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
G
Except as shown above Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
K
PBIB0513E
EC-443
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010VJ
LHD MODELS
TBWA0632E
EC-444
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
114 B/OR Fuel pump relay D
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
E
EC-445
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
TBWA0633E
EC-446
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
114 B/OR Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010VK
PBIB1983E
PBIB1974E
MBIB0191E
EC-447
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M17, B1
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace condenser.
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
2. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3
and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5, “fuel level
sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
PBIB0506E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC-448
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” EC
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 2 and ECM terminal 114.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. G
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors B1, M17 (LHD models)
● Harness connectors B2, M18 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and ECM I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
11. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
Refer to EC-450, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay. L
EC-449
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010VL
PBIB0098E
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 3 and 5.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C
(77°F)]
PBIB0658E
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminal 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
MBIB0031E
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-450
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136
A
Component Description EBS010VN
PBIB0503E
H
SEF099X
EC-451
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010VO
TBWA0634E
EC-452
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
46 R (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor ground
[Engine is running] D
(Intake air temperature
57 B sensor/ Power steering ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
pressure sensor/ Refriger- ● Idle speed
ant pressure sensor) E
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure sen- ● Warm-up condition
69 Y 1.0 - 4.0V
sor ● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON F
(Compressor operates)
MBIB0035E
EC-453
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0503E
SEF479Y
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 57.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-454
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E61, F38 E
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-455
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
EC-456
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010VT
LHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0635E
EC-457
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch: 2nd position (11 - 14V)
84 L/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch: OFF
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Heater fan switch: ON
96 LG/B Heater fan switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Heater fan switch: OFF (11 - 14V)
EC-458
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
TBWA0636E
EC-459
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Rear window defogger switch: ON (11 - 14V)
93 BR (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Rear window defogger switch: OFF
EC-460
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0637E
EC-461
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch: 2nd position (11 - 14V)
84 L/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch: OFF
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Heater fan switch: ON
96 LG/B Heater fan switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Heater fan switch: OFF (11 - 14V)
EC-462
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
TBWA0638E
EC-463
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Rear window defogger switch: ON (11 - 14V)
93 BR (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Rear window defogger switch: OFF
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-464
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II A
With CONSULT-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II under the following conditions. EC
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
C
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB0103E
E
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Without CONSULT-II F
Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage G
Rear window defogger switch: ON BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger switch: OFF 0V
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 11. I
PBIB1773E
EC-465
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Refer to LT-4, "HEADLAMP" or LT-20, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -" .
PBIB1994E
Condition Continuity
1 Should exist
2 Should not exist
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 10.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-466
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No >> Refer to GW-17, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" . C
12. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
D
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay. E
4. Check harness continuity between rear window defogger relay 3 (without door mirror defogger), 5 (with
door mirror defogger) and ECM terminal 93.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 13.
H
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. I
● Harness connectors B1, M17
● Harness for open and short between rear window defogger relay and ECM
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the fan control switch. L
3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15. M
No >> Refer to ATC-34, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or MTC-3, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
EC-467
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-123, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC-468
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram EBS010VV
LHD MODELS
EC
TBWA0639E
EC-469
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0640E
EC-470
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0641E
EC-471
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0642E
EC-472
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
Description EBS010VX
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.
EC-473
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
QR20DE Engine Models
PBIB0490E
EC-474
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
QR25DE Engine Models
A
EC
PBIB1998E
EC-475
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010VY
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
PBIB0663E
SEF552Y
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
SEF943S
EC-476
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WATER SEPARATOR
1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet. A
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
EC
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
C
NOTE:
● Do not disassemble water separator.
E
PBIB1032E
EC-477
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
Description EBS010VZ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0492E
PBIB1588E
PBIB1589E
EC-478
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
S-ET277
D
EC-479
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
EC-480
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater EBS010W8
A
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 5.0 - 7.0Ω
EC
Refer to EC-252, "Component Inspection" .
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS010WA
Injector EBS010WC
EC-481
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-44, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-579, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
Items DTC*1 MI lighting
Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
CONSULT-II*2 ECM*3
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-740
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-740
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-747
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-747
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-763
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 1 × EC-733
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 5 2 — EC-579
1000*
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 2 — EC-579
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-638
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-646
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-716
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 2 — EC-718
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-661
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 2 × EC-664
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 0117 2 × EC-597
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 0118 2 × EC-597
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-700
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-668
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-671
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-690
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-682
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-682
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 2 ×* 8 or —*7 EC-611
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 2 × EC-618
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 × EC-582
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-633
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 2 — EC-633
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 1 × EC-590
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 1 × EC-590
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — EC-515
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 — Flashing*4 EC-517
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 2 — EC-656
EC-482
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC-483
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Index EBS010WF
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-579, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
DTC*1 Items MI lighting
Trip Reference page
2 3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
CONSULT-II* ECM*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING — Flashing*4 EC-517
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000 1000*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-579
EC-484
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Items MI lighting
Trip Reference page A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
CONSULT-II*2 ECM*3
P1720 1720 V/SP SEN (A/T OUT) 2 — EC-730
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-733 EC
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-740
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-740
C
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-747
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-747
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR 1 × EC-755 D
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-763
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. E
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
F
*6: For models with ESP system.
*7: Except QR20DE with A/T models.
*8: For QR20DE with A/T models.
G
EC-485
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS010WG
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EBS010WH
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-70, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM.
Precaution EBS010WI
EC-486
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Do not disassemble ECM.
● If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to A
the initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is dis- EC
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
C
PBIB1164E
D
● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the
figure. E
G
PBIB1512E
EC-487
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J
SEF348N
PBIB0513E
EC-488
PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
● Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces- A
sarily.
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
● When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location. E
– Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
– Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away F
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
– Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing- G
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
– Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis EBS010WJ
H
EC-489
PREPARATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
Tool number
Description
Tool name
S-NT379
S-NT636
S-NT564
NT825
NT826
EC-490
PREPARATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Commercial Service Tools EBS010WL
A
Tool name Description Description
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening D
pressure
S-NT653
F
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant
temperature sensor
S-NT705 H
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads
cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
ie: (J-43897-18) anti-seize lubricant shown below. I
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor J
AEM488
EC-491
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
PBIB2455E
EC-492
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
QR25DE ENGINE MODELS
A
EC
PBIB2456E
EC-493
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS010WN
PBIB0489E
EC-494
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
QR25DE ENGINE MODELS
A
EC
PBIB1445E
EC-495
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS010WO
EC-496
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined EC
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION C
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
D
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine E
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
● When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models) F
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration G
● During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) H
K
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The L
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-176 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture). M
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Deceleration and acceleration
● High-load, high-speed operation
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
● When starting the engine
EC-497
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
EC-498
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS010WQ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air- G
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
H
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC I
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
● At starting SEF742M J
● During warm-up
● At idle
● At low battery voltage K
● During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not L
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
M
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS010WR
EC-499
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine.
● At high engine speeds.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
● When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS010WS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-496 .
CAN Communication Unit EBS010WT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EC-500
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
M/T MODELS WITHOUT ESP
System Diagram A
EC
PKIA6458E G
Input/output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
ABS actuator and H
Signals ECM electric unit (con- 4WD control unit Combination meter
trol unit)
Stop lamp switch signal T R I
Engine speed signal T R R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
J
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
A/C compressor feedback signal T R
T R R K
Vehicle speed signal
R T
ABS warning lamp signal T R
4WD warning lamp signal T R L
4WD mode indicator lamp signal T R
Parking brake switch signal R T
M
MI signal T R
EC-501
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A/T MODELS WITHOUT ESP
System Diagram
PKIA6457E
EC-502
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
M/T MODELS WITH ESP
System Diagram A
EC
PKIA6459E G
Input/output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals ECM
ESP/TCS/ABS Steering angle 4WD control Combination H
control unit sensor unit meter
Stop lamp switch signal T R
Engine speed signal T R R R I
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R R
J
A/C switch signal*1 R T
EC-503
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A/T MODELS WITH ESP
System Diagram
PKIA6460E
EC-504
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ESP/TCS/
Steering 4WD control Combination
Signals ECM TCM ABS control A
angle sensor unit meter
unit
T R
Engine and A/T integrated
R T EC
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T
EC-505
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check the idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
NOTE:
For the method of installing the tachometer, refer to EC-506, "IGNITION TIMING" .
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
1. Slide the harness protector of ignition coil No.1 to clear the
wires.
2. Attach timing light to the wire as shown in the figure.
PBIB1975E
PBIB0514E
EC-506
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Method B
1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil. A
EC
PBIB1982E
D
2. Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this E
wire.
PBIB1976E
K
SEF166Y
PBIB0514E
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
EC-507
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS010WW
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS010WX
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
● Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
● Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
● Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
● Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F)
● PNP switch: ON
● Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, head lamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
● Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
● Vehicle speed: Stopped
● Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/
T” system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
SEF217Z
EC-508
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
SEF454Y
D
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed QR20DE with M/T models: 650±50 rpm (in Neutral position) G
Except above: 700±50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
Ignition timing M/T: 15±5° BTDC (in Neutral position) MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: I
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
J
1. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. L
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
M
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
PBIB0665E
EC-509
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed QR20DE with M/T models: 650±50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Except above: 700±50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
Ignition timing M/T: 15±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 15±5° BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-566, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
● Engine stalls.
● Erroneous idle.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
PBIB0508E
EC-510
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres- A
sure cannot be completely released because T30 models do not have fuel return system.
CAUTION:
● The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for EC
other purposes.
● Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
C
● When installing fuel hose quick connector, refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-510, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose and fuel hose clamp for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge. D
● Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
● To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
● Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. E
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
● Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
G
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.
● Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline. H
● Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
● Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the I
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
● Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00). J
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E
● When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality. K
● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
EC-511
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Fuel filter for clogging
● Fuel pump
● Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
EC-512
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
A
Introduction EBS010WZ
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
C
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two G
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-524 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS010X0
H
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> I
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-524 .), the DTC is stored in the ECM
memory even in the 1st trip. J
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
K
trouble and MI circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
L
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-513
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1065, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340, 1065 etc.
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
PBIB0911E
EC-514
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
A
EC
PBIB2454E
Without CONSULT-II G
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to H
EC-517, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours. I
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
J
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data K
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS010X2 L
● If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in
the ON position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed on
“SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic M
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-108, "NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)" .
● Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode
with CONSULT-II.
● When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg-
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF515Y
EC-515
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS010X3
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-33, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-861 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SAT652J
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting MI up when there is
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
trouble and MI circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EC-516
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MI Flashing without DTC
If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag- A
nostic test mode. EC-517, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC-
517 . EC
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes C
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
D
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
E
● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
F
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. G
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts H
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). I
L
PBIB0092E
EC-517
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MI Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
● These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
PBIA3905E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-482, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
517, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
● If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.
EC-518
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge. A
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
EC
EC-519
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
MEF036D
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-521 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on EC-523 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
cally controlled engine vehicle.
SEF233G
SEF234G
EC-520
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A
EC
MBIB0178E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-571, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-566
detected, perform EC-570, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-521
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-522 .
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-514 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-532 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in“ DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-526 .) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-532 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-543 , EC-561 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection” in
GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-514, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L
EC-522
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
A
Worksheet Sample
EC
MTBL0017
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000 and U1001. Refer to EC-579 .
EC-523
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 ● U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
● P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
● P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
● P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
● P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
● P0605 ECM
● P1229 Sensor power supply
● P1610-P1615 NATS
● P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
● P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 ● P0132 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1
● P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
● P1065 ECM power supply
● P1122 Electric throttle control function
● P1124 P1126 Throttle control motor relay
● P1128 Throttle control motor
● P1211 TCS control unit
● P1212 TCS communication line
● P1720 Vehicle speed sensor
● P1805 Brake switch
3 ● P0011 Intake valve timing control
● P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
● P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON
80°C (176°F)
or START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0221 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0222 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-524
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
P1121 Electric throttle control (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
actuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
C
(ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or D
more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. E
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a F
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. G
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
H
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MI when there is I
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
trouble and MI circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI circuit are detected and demands the J
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
K
EC-525
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection EBS010X7
1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
– Air cleaner clogging
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
SEF976U
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
EC-526
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
EC
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
E
PBIA8513J
SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about J
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
K
QR20DE with M/T models
: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Except above L
: 700 ± 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. M
NG >> GO TO 4.
>> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 6.
EC-527
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
>> GO TO 4.
EC-528
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
EC
PBIB0514E
E
>> GO TO 13. K
EC-529
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
QR20DE with M/T models
: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Except above
: 700 ± 50 rpm [in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
SEF058Y
PBIB0514E
EC-530
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-646 .
● Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-638 . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace. C
2. GO TO 4.
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.) E
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-515,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
F
>> GO TO 4.
EC-531
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS010X8
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
EC-532
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL E
EC-533
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
EC-534
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL E
EC-535
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS010X9
PBIB1978E
EC-536
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB1979E
EC-537
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1980E
EC-538
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB1997E
EC-539
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1981E
EC-540
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS010XA
EC
TBWA0592E
EC-541
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0593E
EC-542
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS010XB
EC
MBIB0045E D
PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F
H
PBIB1973E
PBIB1512E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. M
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed
EC-543
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
– Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
2 PU/R
heater 1 minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
EC-544
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] EC
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position sensor
13 L/W D
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] E
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
PBIB0526E
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
G
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
H
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
14 PU/R
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3.0V
I
[Engine is running] J
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0528E
K
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
L
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm M
quickly after the following conditions are
16 OR/B Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
met
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for
1 minute under no load
EC-545
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More
than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
22 G/B Injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 R/B Injector No. 1
41 L/B Injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 Y/B Injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0530E
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sensor 1
24 G/W ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm
heater
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
29 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Camshaft position sensor)
● Idle speed
EC-546
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition EC
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
Sensor power supply
46 R (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
sor)
Sensor power supply
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor) D
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) E
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped F
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
G
[Engine is running]
0.7 - 1.1V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
0.8 - 1.2V (QR25DE)
● Idle speed
50 OR Mass air flow sensor H
[Engine is running]
1.4 - 1.9V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
1.6 - 1.9V (QR25DE)
● Engine speed is 2,500 rpm I
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed J
Sensor ground
(Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]
57 B sor/ Power steering pres- ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V K
sure sensor/ Refrigerant ● Idle speed
pressure sensor)
0 - 0.1V L
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
M
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
60 L/R Ignition signal No. 3 rpm at idle
61 BR Ignition signal No. 1 PBIB0521E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0522E
EC-547
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 Y
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB1790E
EC-548
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch: 2ND position (11 - 14V) EC
84 L/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
85 LG DATA link connector
● CONSULT-II is disconnected (11 - 14V)
EC-549
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 W/B Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.9 - 4.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 G/W
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
114 B/OR Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-550
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Function EBS010XD
FUNCTION A
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
EC
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
C
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
D
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
E
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
F
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes G
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
H
EC-551
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Item DATA DATA
WORK ACTIVE
SUPPORT DTC*1 FREEZE MONI- MONITOR
TEST
FRAME TOR (SPEC)
DATA*2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
noid valve
Air conditioner relay × ×
Fuel pump relay × × × ×
Cooling fan relay × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × × × ×
VIAS control solenoid valve × × ×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-514 .
EC-552
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located under driver side dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB0376E
PBIB2276E H
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-35, "CONSULT-II Data
I
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF995X
L
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
M
PBIB2308E
EC-553
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN ● THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
EC-554
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item A
×: Applicable
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks EC
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine
● Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm. C
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) ● If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal
value may be indicated.
D
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor ● When the engine is stopped, a
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
is displayed. certain value is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection E
B/FUEL SCHDL
× pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
[msec]
learned on board correction.
● When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated. F
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● This data also includes the data
correction factor per cycle is indicated.
for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
trol. G
● When the engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor is open or short-cir-
● The engine coolant temperature (determined by
COOLAN TEMP/S
× × the signal voltage of the engine coolant temper-
cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. H
[°C] or [°F] The engine coolant temperature
ature sensor) is displayed.
determined by the ECM is dis-
played.
I
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
1 is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor
HO2S2 (B1) [V] × J
2 is displayed.
● After turning ON the ignition
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal dur- switch, “RICH” is displayed until
ing air-fuel ratio feedback control: air-fuel mixture ratio feedback K
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, and control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
× × control is being affected toward a leaner mix-
[RICH/LEAN] ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
ture.
LEAN: means the mixture became “lean”, and clamped, the value just before the L
control is being affected toward a rich mixture. clamping is displayed continu-
ously.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: M
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● When the engine is stopped, a
× way catalyst is relatively small.
[RICH/LEAN] certain value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three
way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT
× × ● The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
[V]
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × ● ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted
● The accelerator pedal position sensor signal
by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × voltage is displayed.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × ● THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage is
by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × displayed.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
● The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE
× × signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen-
[°C] or [°F]
sor) is indicated.
EC-555
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] com- ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL
× × puted by the ECM according to the signals of displayed regardless of the starter
[ON/OFF]
engine speed and battery voltage. signal.
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS
× × ECM according to the accelerator pedal posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion sensor signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG
× × tioner switch as determined by the air condi-
[ON/OFF]
tioner signal.
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× ×
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering pres-
PW/ST SIGNAL
× × sure sensor as determined by the power steer-
[ON/OFF]
ing pressure sensor signal is indicated.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical
load signal.
LOAD SIGNAL ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
× ×
[ON/OFF] lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch.
HEATER FAN SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater
×
[ON/OFF] fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
×
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width ● When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
× compensated by ECM according to the input certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
signals. cated.
IGN TIMING ● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM ● When the engine is stopped, a
×
[BTDC] according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by
PURG VOL C/V the ECM according to the input signals.
[%]
● The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) ● Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced
[°CA] angle.
● The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] ing to the input signal) is indicated.
● The advance angle becomes larger as the
value increases
● The control condition of the VIAS control sole-
noid valve (determined by ECM according to
VIAS S/V the input signals) is indicated.
[ON/OFF] ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operat-
ing.
● The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY
× (determined by ECM according to the input sig-
[ON/OFF]
nals) is indicated.
EC-556
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
Monitored item
INPUT SIG- Description Remarks A
[Unit]
SIGNALS NALS
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY
× determined by ECM according to the input sig- EC
[ON/OFF]
nals.
● Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY
× condition determined by the ECM according to
[ON/OFF] C
the input signals.
● Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals).
COOLING FAN
HI ... High speed operation
D
[HI/LOW/OFF]
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen E
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
sensor 1 heater determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen F
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
● Display the condition of idle air volume learning G
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN
formed yet.
[YET/CMPLT]
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully. H
AC PRESS SEN ● The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
[V] sensor is displayed.
Voltage [V] I
Frequency ● Only “#” is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
● Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
J
DUTY-HI
measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures
DUTY-LOW
as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured. K
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. L
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
M
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
● Indicates the engine speed computed
from the signals of the crankshaft posi-
ENG SPEED [rpm] ×
tion sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
● When engine is running specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
EC-557
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-558
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description A
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger): EC
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen
in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be C
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONI-
TOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording D
Data ... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the mal-
function detection is recorded. Then when the percentage
reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If
“STOP” is touched on the screen during “Recording Data ... E
xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
SEF705Y
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and F
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed G
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunc-
tion is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though
a malfunction is detected. H
SEF707X I
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
J
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO K
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/ L
1st trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “Incident Simulation Tests” in GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG” M
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
EC-559
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0197E
EC-560
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS010XE
Remarks: A
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in EC
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the C
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-566, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-566, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
D
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-566, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) E
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
● Engine: After warming up F
● Keeping the engine speed
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load G
LEAN ←→ RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm H
ing 10 seconds.
● Engine: After warming up
● Keeping the engine speed
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for LEAN ←→ RICH I
rpm quickly.
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedome- Almost the same speed as the J
VEH SPEED SE
ter indication. speedometer indication.
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
EC-561
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is
OFF
OFF and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Heater fan is operating. ON
HEATER FAN SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 13° - 17° BTDC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PURG VOL C/V
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V TIM (B1)
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 20°CA
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
● No load
Idle OFF
VIAS S/V ● Engine: After warming up
More than 5,000 rpm ON
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates)
● For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
● Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY ● Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle the Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN engine between 95°C (203°F) and 99°C LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F)
Engine coolant temperature is
HIGH
100°C (212°F) or more
● Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
EC-562
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
– Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) – Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
EC
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine coolant temperature when engine started: More than 80°C C
O2SEN HTR DTY (176°F) Approx. 50%
● Engine speed: below 3,600 rpm
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V D
AC PRESS SEN ● Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0V
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
E
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS010XF
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1 F
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in 1st
position (M/T models). G
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
H
PBIB0198E K
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi- L
ciently.
EC-563
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-564
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB0668E
EC-565
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
Description EBS010XG
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition EBS010XH
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-526, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-567, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-566
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010XJ
EC
SEF613ZD
EC-567
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SEF768Z
EC-568
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
SEF615ZA
EC-569
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
Description EBS010XK
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-514, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-570
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
A
Wiring Diagram EBS010XM
EC
TBWA0594E
EC-571
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay ● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
111 G/W
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 2.
MBIB0015E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-572
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-578, "Ground Inspection" . EC
J
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-573
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM relay.
PBIB1973E
SEF420X
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-574
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK ECM RELAY A
Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-798, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . EC
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
G
PBIB1630E
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 12.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 14.
I
12. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect ECM relay. J
PBIB1973E M
SEF860T
EC-575
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E60, F36
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-576
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
17. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-578, "Ground Inspection" . EC
J
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. K
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-577
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010XO
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
OFF No
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
PBIB0077E
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution” in PG section.
PBIB1870E
EC-578
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
A
Description EBS010XP
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
E
U1000 ● ECM cannot communicate to other control
1000 units. ● Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
U1001 line ● ECM cannot communicate for more than the shorted) F
1001 specified time.
EC-579
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010XS
TBWA0595E
EC-580
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010XT
A
Go to LAN-4, "CAN Communication Unit" .
EC
EC-581
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
Description EBS010XU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
Wheel sensor* Vehicle speed
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
COMPONENT DISCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
EC-582
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
INT/V SOL (B1)
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
EC
● No load
C
The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name D
● Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
circuit is open or shorted.)
E
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and ● Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. ● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) F
● Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode H
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
EC-583
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC-584
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS011UR
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 62 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions. D
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
E
Conditions Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
AT idle
(11 - 14V)
F
Approximately 4V - BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
G
2,000 rpm
SEF955V
H
PBIB1790E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
I
7. If NG, go to EC-587, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-585
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0128E
TBWA0612E
EC-586
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed D
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
62 Y E
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
PBIB1790E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G
PBIB0511E L
PBIB0285E
EC-587
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal
62. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0565E
EC-588
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0128F
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approximately 8Ω at 20°C (68°F) C
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
MBIB0027E
E
Removal and Installation EBS0128G
EC-589
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire is a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIB1604E
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-590
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-593, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C
SEF058Y
E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. F
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-593, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
G
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON
H
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-593, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-593, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
K
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
M
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-593, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-593, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-591
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010Y3
TBWA0598E
EC-592
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
0.7 - 1.1V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
0.8 - 1.2V (QR25DE)
● Idle speed
50 OR Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running] D
1.4 - 1.9V (QR20DE)
● Warm-up condition
1.6 - 1.9V (QR25DE)
● Engine speed is 2,500 rpm
E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
67 B/P ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Mass air flow sensor)
● Idle speed
F
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010Y4
1. INSPECTION START
G
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2. H
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
EC-593
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-578, "Ground Inspection" .
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-594
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB0495E
PBIB1168E H
EC-595
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-596
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS010Y7
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 72 H
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010Y8
J
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant K
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input ● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant L
P0118 temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sor circuit high sent to ECM.
input
M
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START. CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
EC-597
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010Y9
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-600, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-600, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-598
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010YA
EC
TBWA0600E
EC-599
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010YB
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-600
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB0496E
PBIB0080E
H
EC-601
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010YC
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
72 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P
EC-602
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS010YE
FAIL-SAFE MODE L
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
M
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-603
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-607, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-607, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-604
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010YI
EC
TBWB0260E
EC-605
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Throttle position sensor
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Less than 4.75V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) More than 0.36V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR/Y (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 2)
EC-606
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010YJ
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-607
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
PBIB1992E
PBIB1971E
PBIB0082E
EC-608
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-605
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-742
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-746, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H
EC-609
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
step.
7. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010YL
EC-610
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS010YM
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during K
10 seconds.
L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-611
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS010YP
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-614, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-614, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-612
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010YQ
EC
TBWA0602E
EC-613
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-614
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
1. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.2 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
EC
>> GO TO 3.
C
D
PBIB0499E
EC-615
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-616, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
SEF646Y
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-616
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
C
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
D
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 F
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. G
EC-617
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690
SEF463R
SEF288D
SEF237U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0134 circuit no activity detected approx. 0.3V.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-618
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS010YX
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II, and select “H02S1 (B1)”. C
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.
4. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range
between 0.2V to 0.4V. D
5. If NG, go to EC-621, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF646Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
G
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
H
4. If NG, go to EC-621, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
MBIB0018E
EC-619
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010YY
TBWA0602E
EC-620
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
[Engine is running] D
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010YZ
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-621
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 74 and HO2S1
terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power PBIB0500E
in harness or connectors.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-622
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)”.
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- A
ing steps.
5. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
EC
SEF646Y
D
6. Check the following.
● “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec- E
onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. F
● “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
SEF648Y K
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. L
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-623
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS010Z1
EC-624
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS010Z2
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up. L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-625
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-629, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-629, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-626
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010Z6
EC
TBWB0261E
EC-627
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle position sensor
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Less than 4.75V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) More than 0.36V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR/Y (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 2)
EC-628
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010Z7
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-629
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
PBIB1992E
PBIB1971E
PBIB0082E
EC-630
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-627
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-742
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-746, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H
EC-631
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-632, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO10.
step.
7. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS010Z9
EC-632
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description EBS010ZA
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a EC
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
PBIB0512E
I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
L
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-635, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-635, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-633
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010ZD
TBWA0606E
EC-634
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground D
54 — ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Knock sensor)
● Idle speed
PBIB0512E
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 15.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-635
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-637, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-636
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
KNOCK SENSOR C
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more D
than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION: E
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
F
SEF227W
KNOCK SENSOR G
Refer to EM-82, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
EC-637
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
● Harness or connectors
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or
P0335 Crankshaft position ● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position shorted.)
0335 sensor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
● Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
running.
● Signal plate
● The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON”.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-642, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
EC-638
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
EC
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-642, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-639
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010ZL
TBWA0607E
EC-640
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle E
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
14 PU/R
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V
F
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm G
PBIB0528E
H
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
30 B (Crankshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-641
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS010ZM
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-642
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
EC
PBIB0512E
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
EC-643
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 14.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0563E
EC-644
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
A
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-)
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞ EC
2 (+) - 1 (-)
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
C
MBIB0024E
D
Removal and Installation EBS010ZO
EC-645
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
● The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking. ● Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor ● Camshaft (Intake)
● The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-21 .)
● The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-21 .)
pattern during engine running.
● Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-649, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 sec-
onds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-649, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF058Y
EC-646
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
EC
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-649, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
6. Start engine and maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. D
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-649, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-647
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS010ZS
TBWA0608E
EC-648
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition D
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle E
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
13 L/W
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
F
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm G
PBIB0526E
H
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
29 B (Camshaft position ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor) ● Idle speed
I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-649
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-578, "Ground Inspection" .
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-650
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB0496E
PBIB0664E
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 29. M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-651
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 13.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0565E
EC-652
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS010ZU
PBIB0563E
F
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 (+) - 1 (-) G
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 1 (-)
H
I
MBIB0024E
EC-653
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
Description EBS010ZW
NOTE:
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-579, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ESP/TCS/ABS control unit” (with ESP
models) “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” (without ESP models) through CAN communication line.
The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS010ZX
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from ● ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models)
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM
0500 ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
even when vehicle is being driven.
(without ESP models)
● Wheel sensor
● Combination meter
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-
II should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-655, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
M/T: 2,000 - 6,000 rpm
ENG SPEED
A/T: 1,750 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL QR20DE 4.9 - 31.8 msec
M/T: 5.0 - 31.8 msec
QR25DE SEF196Y
A/T: 6.0 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
EC-654
DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Overall Function Check EBS010ZZ
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II EC
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed with combination meter. C
The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-655, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01100
1. CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” (WITHOUT ESP E
MODELS) OR “ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT” (WITH ESP MODELS)
Refer to BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (Models without ESP) or BRC-58, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(Models with ESP). F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. G
EC-655
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763
PBIB0502E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-658, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-658, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-656
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01105
EC
TBWA0610E
EC-657
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure ● Steering wheel is being turned
12 P
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
● Steering wheel is not being turned
Sensor ground
(Intake air temperature [Engine is running]
57 B sensor/Power steering ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
pressure sensor/Refrig- ● Idle speed
erant pressure sensor)
Sensor power supply
65 R (Power steering pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-658
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB0502E
SEF509Y H
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 12.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-659
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Condition Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned fully. 0.5 - 4.0V
Steering wheel is not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V
MBIB0025E
EC-660
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS01108
PBIB1164E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01109
FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
I
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
EC-661
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-663, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-663, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-663, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for, 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-663, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-663, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-662
DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0110B
1. INSPECTION START A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
C
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-661 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-517 . E
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-661 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END G
2. REPLACE ECM
H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-515,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
I
3. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . J
EC-663
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning value memory, etc.
PBIB1164E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit open or shorted.]
1065 properly.
● ECM
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn
ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 4 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-666, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-666, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-664
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0110F
EC
TBWA0611E
EC-665
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 W/L [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
MBIB0026E
EC-666
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
C
See EC-664 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-517 .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
See EC-664 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END
G
5. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
H
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-515,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
I
4. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
J
>> INSPECTION END
EC-667
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0110I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and
wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and
wait at least 3 seconds.
8. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn SEF058Y
ON.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-669, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-668
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. A
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
EC
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
C
7. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. D
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-669, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
E
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
F
3. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and
wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
G
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-669, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. J
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
4. Start engine and let it idle for the 3 seconds.
K
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-669, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0110K
PBIB0518E
EC-669
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC-670
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
A
Description EBS0110M
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or EC
P1126. Refer to EC-671 or EC-682 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- C
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0110N
● Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted.) F
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not ● Harness or connectors
1122 performance problem operate properly. (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
shorted.) G
● Electric throttle control actuator
● Throttle control motor relay
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode I
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0110O
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at K
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine L
is running.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. M
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-677, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
EC-671
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-677, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-672
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0110P
LHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0613E
EC-673
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-674
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0614E
EC-675
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-676
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0110Q
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the fol-
M
lowing conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E
EC-677
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay.
PBIB1972E
PBIB0575E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-678
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
1. Check continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 1 and ECM terminal 104.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E116, M75 (LHD models) E
● Harness connectors E106, M14 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB1971E
EC-679
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
PBIB0518E
PBIB0098E
EC-680
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
A
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step. EC
4. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C
PBIB0095E
D
Removal and Installation EBS0110S
EC-681
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0110U
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the DTC detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-687, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
EC-682
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. A
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
EC
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-687, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-II C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-687, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
G
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-687, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
EC-683
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0110X
LHD MODELS
TBWA0615E
EC-684
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF] D
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
EC-685
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
TBWA0616E
EC-686
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE C
3 W/B [Ignition switch: ON]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch: OFF]
104 W/B (11 - 14V)
relay D
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
I
PBIB1972E
PBIB0575E
M
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
EC-687
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between throttle control motor relay terminal 3 and ECM terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-688
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0110Z
PBIB0098E
E
EC-689
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR PFP:16119
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01111
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-695, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-695, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-690
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01113
LHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0617E
EC-691
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-692
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0618E
EC-693
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
0 - 14V
PBIB1104E
0 - 14V
PBIB1105E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-694
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01114
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-695
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
4 Should exist
3
5 Should not exist
4 Should not exist PBIB1992E
6
5 Should exist
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
PBIB1971E
EC-696
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
A
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step. EC
4. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C
PBIB0095E
D
Removal and Installation EBS01116
EC-697
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850
Description EBS01117
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ESP/
TCS/ABS control unit to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01118
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-698, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-698, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0111A
EC-698
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
A
Description EBS0111B
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, EC
U1001. Refer to EC-579, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but C
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0111C
D
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
● Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information (The CAN communication line is open or
P1212 TCS communication
from ESP/TCS/ABS control unit continu- shorted.) F
1212 line
ously. ● ESP/TCS/ABS control unit
● Dead (Weak) battery
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0111D
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If a 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-699, "Diagnostic Proce- J
dure" .
L
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diganostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-699, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0111E
EC-699
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
NOTE:
If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-579, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
COOLING FAN CONTROL
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
1 Vehicle speed
Wheel sensor*
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Cooling fan
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Cooling fan relay
Engine speed*2 control
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Battery Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
*1: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
The ECM sends a cooling fan control signal to the smart entrance control unit through CAN communication
line, and the smart entrance control unit controls cooling fan relays.
OPERATION
PBIB1987E
EC-700
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
EC
Engine coolant temperature is 94°C
OFF
(201°F) or less
● Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
the engine
C
COOLING FAN between 95°C (203°F) and 99°C LOW
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (210°F) or more
Engine coolant temperature is 100°C
HIGH D
(212°F) or more
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will E
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or G
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- shorted.)
heat). ● Cooling fan
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop- ● Radiator hose H
P1217 Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat).
● Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system
● Radiator cap
using the proper filling method.
● Water pump
I
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
range. ● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-714,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . J
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine K
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
L
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check EBS0111I
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con- M
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
EC-701
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-707,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-707,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W
MBIB0037E
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-707,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-707,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. SEF621W
EC-702
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed. A
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-707, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
MEC475B
EC-703
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0111J
LHD MODELS
TBWA0619E
EC-704
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
89 G Cooling fan relay (High)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is high speed operating D
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
97 PU Cooling fan relay (Low) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is operating
EC-705
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
TBWA0620E
EC-706
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
89 G Cooling fan relay (High)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is high speed operating D
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
97 PU Cooling fan relay (Low) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1.0V
● Cooling fan is operating
SEF784Z M
SEF785Z
EC-707
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-3.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
4. Turn blower fan switch ON.
PBIB1972E
SEC163BA
MEC475B
EC-708
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi)
EC
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. D
SLC754A
F
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following for leak.
● Hose G
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer toCO-20, "WATER PUMP" .)
H
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure. J
Radiator cap 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0
relief pressure: kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
L
SLC755A
EC-709
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening 82 °C (180 °F) [standard]
temperature:
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95 °C (0.31 in/203 °F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature.
For details, refer to CO-22, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CON-
TROL VALVE" .
OK or NG
SLC343
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat.
EC-710
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE A
A
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
PBIB1972E
PBIB0577E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible links K
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
EC-711
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and body ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
4 and body ground. PBIB0504E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 97. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-712
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Perform EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C
PBIB1972E G
PBIB0251E
K
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
L
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and battery
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
3 and cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6, cooling fan relay-3 terminal
7 and body ground.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
PBIB0504E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-713
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 89.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-22 , and CO-12 .
lower radiator hoses
EC-714
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
A
ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —
gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driving See CO-9 .
reservoir tank and idling EC
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9 .
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank
tor C
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-67 .
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-82 . D
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. E
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
F
Component Inspection EBS0111M
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter- H
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
I
SEF745U
J
Terminals L
(+) (-)
Cooling fan motor 1 2
M
PBIB1999E
Terminals
Speed
(+) (-)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1., 2 3, 4
SEF734W
EC-715
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-717, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-717, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-716
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0111Q
E
PBIB0518E
EC-717
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-718
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0111V
E
PBIB0518E
EC-719
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16119
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-722, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-722, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-720
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0111Z
EC
TBWB0262E
EC-721
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
46 R (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
Sensor power supply
65 R (Power steering pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
90 R (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 1)
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-722
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor (APP) sensor har-
ness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB0498E
PBIB0914E
H
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. M
● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-94, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
● Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-660, "Component Inspection" .)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
EC-723
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
EC-724
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description EBS018LJ
When the shift lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS018LK
E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
J
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position (A/T) K
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
L
If NG, go to EC-728, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
M
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 6,375 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-725
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known good data)
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Neutral position (M/T)
A/T: Battery voltage
Except above position
M/T: Approximately 5V
EC-726
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS018LO
EC
TBWA0622E
EC-727
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
A/T models
102 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
● Except above position M/T models
Approximately 5V
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 1 and ECM terminal 102, combination meter ter-
minal 55. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-728
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK PNP SWITCH A
Refer to AT-408, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch" (A/T) or MT-13, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" (M/T).
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.
C
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
D
EC-729
DTC P1720 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1720 VSS PFP:31036
Description EBS018OH
NOTE:
If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-579, "DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from ESP/TCS/ABS
control unit (models with ESP) or “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”(models without ESP), and the
other is from TCM (Transmission control module). ECM uses these two signals for engine control.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS018OI
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without brake pedal depress-
ing.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-732, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without brake pedal depress-
ing.
3. Stop the vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
EC-730
DTC P1720 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-732, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
EC
EC-731
DTC P1720 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS018OL
2. CHECK DTC WITH ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT (MODELS WITH ESP), “ABS ACTUATOR AND
ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” (MODELS WITHOUT ESP)
Check DTC with ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (models with ESP), “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”
(models without ESP). Refer to BRC-58, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models with ESP), BRC-11, "TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS" (models without ESP).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
EC-732
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
A
Description EBS01121
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01122
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
FALI-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode H
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition I
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01124
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. L
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-736, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB1952E
EC-733
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-518, "How to Erase Diag-
nostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-736, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-734
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01125
EC
TBWA0623E
EC-735
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
101 P Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Slightly fully depressed (11 - 14V)
EC-736
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
EC
D
PBIB0498E
PBIB1184E H
K
PBIB0117E
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-737
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 101.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0498E
PBIB1185E
EC-738
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
M/T Models
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. A
EC
PBIB0498E
D
PBIB0118E
EC-739
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-740
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0112B
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II G
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-744, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-741
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0112C
TBWA0624E
EC-742
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
EC-743
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0112D
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-744
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB0498E
PBIB0914E H
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 106.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-745
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-746
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS0112G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-747
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0112J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-751, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-751, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-748
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0112K
EC
TBWB0263E
EC-749
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
EC-750
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0112L
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-751
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0498E
PBIB0915E
EC-752
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . EC
EC-753
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0112M
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-754
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS0112O
FAIL-SAFE MODE L
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
M
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
EC-755
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-759, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-759, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-756
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0112S
EC
TBWB0264E
EC-757
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
Throttle position sensor
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
power supply
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
More than 0.36V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
49 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped
Less than 4.75V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Less than 4.75V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
68 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) More than 0.36V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 BR/Y (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tion sensor 2)
EC-758
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0112T
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-759
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1992E
PBIB1971E
PBIB0082E
EC-760
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-757
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-765
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-770, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11
NG >> GO TO 6.
F
6. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. G
2. Perform EC-507, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . H
EC-761
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-762, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
step.
7. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
8. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Removal and Installation EBS0112V
EC-762
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Component Description EBS0112W
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-763
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0112Z
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-767, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-767, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-764
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01130
EC
TBWB0265E
EC-765
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
47 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)
EC-766
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01131
PBIB2021E
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
L
EC-767
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0498E
PBIB0914E
PBIB0915E
EC-768
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
EC
91 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-765
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 EC-673
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection" .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
7. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. G
2. Perform EC-508, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-508, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
H
>> INSPECTION END
EC-769
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-770, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-770
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description EBS01134
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started. D
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON
F
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01135
EC-771
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01136
TBWA0643E
EC-772
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sen-
24 G/W ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm
sor 1 heater
E
PBIB0519E
L
At idle
M
MBIB0038E
PBIB0519E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
EC-773
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0500E
PBIB0541E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-774
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
2 and 1, 3, 4 ∞Ω
3 and 1, 2, 4 (Continuity should not exist)
E
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped F
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system G
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
H
PBIB0542E
J
Removal and Installation EBS01139
EC-775
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
Description EBS0113A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warming up
ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
EC-776
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0113C
EC
TBWA0644E
EC-777
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met
– Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
2 PU/R
heater under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
PBIB0673E
EC-778
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
PBIB0500E
E
4. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
PBIB0541E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-779
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
PBIB0542E
EC-780
IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS0113G
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to EC
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C
PBIB1604E
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ F
temperature °C (°F)
25 (77) 3.32 1.94 - 2.06
80 (176) 1.23 0.295 - 0.349 G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 34
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
EC-781
IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0113H
TBWA0645E
EC-782
IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0113I
MBIB0041E
E
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-783
IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0495E
PBIB1169E
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 57.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-784
IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0113J
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature C
sensor).
D
PBIB1604E
SEF012P
H
EC-785
HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 PFP:22690
SEF463R
SEF288D
● Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
EC-786
HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0113N
EC
TBWA0646E
EC-787
HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
35 P/L Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-788
HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the monitors fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more C
than five times in 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH
D
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN →RICH
E
SEF820Y
Without CONSULT-II
F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set ECM in Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor). G
Refer to EC-517, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds.
H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
I
SAT652J
EC-789
HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF646Y
SEF217YA
EC-790
HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
SEF648Y
CAUTION: D
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread E
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 35 (HO2S1 signal) and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- G
stant under no load.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
H
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
EC-791
HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 PFP:226A0
EC-792
HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0113T
EC
TBWA0647E
EC-793
HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
16 OR/B Heated oxygen sensor 2 after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
74 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor)
● Idle speed
MBIB0020E
EC-794
HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten ground three screws on the body.
Refer to EC-578, "Ground Inspection" . EC
J
PBIB2021E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-795
HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF662Y
EC-796
HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A
EC
PBIB0551E D
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.50V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION: E
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. G
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load. H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 16 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
I
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this J
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary. K
7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with “OD” OFF (A/T). 3rd gear position (M/T). L
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this MBIB0020E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
M
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation EBS0113W
EC-797
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
PBIB1969E
EC-798
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0113Y
EC
TBWA0628E
EC-799
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 G/W
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 SB BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 GY (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 W/L [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-800
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
TBWA0629E
EC-801
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
60 L/R Ignition signal No. 3 idle
PBIB0521E
61 B/R Ignition signal No. 1
79 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4
0 - 0.2V
80 PU Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
PBIB0133E
EC-802
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
EC
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
D
E
MBIB0033E
PBIB0521E
OK or NG F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
G
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-571, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- J
CUIT" .
K
MBIB0034E
EC-803
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1969E
PBIB0624E
PBIB0625E
EC-804
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E61, F38
● 20A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery
C
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-805
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1969E
SEF107S
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or conectors.
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 79, 80 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-806
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR A
Refer to EC-807, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. EC
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
ECM RELAY E
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
F
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
G
OFF No
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
H
PBIB0077E
CONDENSER
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. J
Resistance: Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)
MBIB0031E
M
EC-807
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 and 3 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 2
Except 0
1 and 3
MBIB0032E
EC-808
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14920
A
Description EBS01142
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP G
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor H
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ I
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, J
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
L
SEF337U
EC-809
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01144
TBWA0648E
EC-810
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
E
EVAP canister purge
PBIB0050E
19 P volume control solenoid
valve
Approximately 10V F
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm G
(More than 100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB0520E H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-811
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01145
PBIB0569E
PBIB0676E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canis-
ter.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the
following conditions.
Conditions Vacuum
At idle Should not exist.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm. Should exist.
OK or NG PBIB0676E
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
EC-812
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-866, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
C
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
G
PBIB1993E
PBIB1968E K
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0148E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-813
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2 and
ECM terminal 19. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0569E
EC-814
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01146
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between termi- G
Yes
nals 1 and 2
No supply No
H
PBIB0150E
EC-815
PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
When the shift lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01AGS
EC-816
PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01AGT
EC
TBWA0650E
EC-817
PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Shift lever position: P or N
102 G/OR PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Except above position (11 - 14V)
PBIB0102E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 and ground under the
following conditions.
Selector lever position Voltage
P or N position Approximately 0V
Except above position Battery voltage
MBIB0043E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
EC-818
PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
EC-819
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
EC-820
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0114K
EC
TBWA0630E
EC-821
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
22 G/B Injector No. 3
PBIB0529E
23 R/B Injector No. 1
41 L/B Injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 Y/B Injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-822
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop. C
E
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3. H
PBIB1986E
J
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect injector harness connector. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
PBIB1970E
PBIB0582E
EC-823
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M61, F41
● Harness connectors F1, F101
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-825, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injector.
EC-824
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0114M
INJECTOR A
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
EC
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
PBIB1727E
E
Removal and Installation EBS0114N
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" . F
EC-825
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
VIAS PFP:14956
Description EBS011I0
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Throttle position sensor Throttle position VIAS control VIAS control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
PBIB0843E
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suc-
tion efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided indepen-
dently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys-
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0946E
EC-826
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum A
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil EC
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
C
PBIB0947E
D
EC-827
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011I3
TBWA0651E
EC-828
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- EC
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE C
VIAS control solenoid ● Idle speed (11 - 14V)
6 Y
valve [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
● Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm D
EC-829
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011I4
PBIB0844E
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and make sure
that power valve actuator rod moves.
PBIB0949E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves.
PBIB0949E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (With CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 3.
EC-830
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
EC
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and check vac-
uum existence under the following conditions.
VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum D
ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.
E
PBIB0844E
OK or NG F
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
3. CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-II H
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle. I
4. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions. J
Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist. K
No supply Should not exist.
OK or NG
L
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0845E
1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-494, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
EC-831
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK VACUUM TANK
Refer to EC-833, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum tank.
PBIB0947E
PBIB0173E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ECM terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-832
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
Refer to EC-833, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. EC
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
PBIB0177E
J
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions. K
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B between A and C
L
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
M
Operation takes less than 1 second.
MEC488B
VACUUM TANK
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum pump.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B .
PBIB0846E
EC-833
VIAS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS011I6
EC-834
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042
A
Description EBS0114O
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage* C
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and cam-
shaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the
engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump
operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel E
pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
G
Except as shown above Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
K
PBIB0513E
EC-835
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0114Q
LHD MODELS
TBWA0632E
EC-836
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
114 B/OR Fuel pump relay D
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
E
EC-837
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
TBWA0633E
EC-838
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
● For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
114 B/OR Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than 1 second after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch ON
E
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0114R
PBIB1983E
PBIB1974E
MBIB0191E
EC-839
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M17, B1
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-842, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace condenser.
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
2. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3
and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5, “fuel level
sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
PBIB0506E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC-840
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” EC
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 2 and ECM terminal 114.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. G
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connectors B1, M17 (LHD models)
● Harness connectors B2, M18 (RHD models)
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and ECM I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
11. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
Refer to EC-842, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay. L
EC-841
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0114S
PBIB0098E
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 3 and 5.
Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
PBIB0658E
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminal 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
MBIB0031E
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-842
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136
A
Component Description EBS0114U
PBIB0503E
H
SEF099X
EC-843
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0114V
TBWA0634E
EC-844
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: A
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- EC
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply C
46 R [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
(Intake air temperature sensor/
57 B ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
Power steering pressure sensor/
Refrigerant pressure sensor) ● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
69 L Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
(Compressor operates.)
F
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0114W
MBIB0035E
K
EC-845
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0503E
SEF479Y
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 57.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-846
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E61, F38 E
● Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-847
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
EC-848
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01150
LHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0635E
EC-849
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch: 2nd position (11 - 14V)
84 L/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch: OFF
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Heater fan switch: ON
96 LG/B Heater fan switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Heater fan switch: OFF (11 - 14V)
EC-850
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
TBWA0636E
EC-851
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Rear window defogger switch: ON (11 - 14V)
93 BR (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Rear window defogger switch: OFF
EC-852
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0637E
EC-853
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Lighting switch: 2nd position (11 - 14V)
84 L/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Lighting switch: OFF
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Heater fan switch: ON
96 LG/B Heater fan switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Heater fan switch: OFF (11 - 14V)
EC-854
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
TBWA0638E
EC-855
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal ● Rear window defogger switch: ON (11 - 14V)
93 BR (Rear window defogger
signal) [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
● Rear window defogger switch: OFF
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-856
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II A
With CONSULT-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-
II under the following conditions. EC
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch ON ON
C
Rear window defogger switch OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 11.
PBIB0103E
E
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Without CONSULT-II F
Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage G
Rear window defogger switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger switch OFF 0V
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 11. I
PBIB1773E
EC-857
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Refer to LT-4, "HEADLAMP" or LT-20, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -" .
PBIB1994E
Condition Continuity
1 Should exist
2 Should not exist
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 10.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-858
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 12.
No >> Refer to GW-17, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" . C
12. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
D
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay. E
4. Check harness continuity between rear window defogger relay 3 (without door mirror defogger), 5 (with
door mirror defogger) and ECM terminal 93.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 13.
H
13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. I
● Harness connectors B1, M17
● Harness for open and short between rear window defogger relay and ECM
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the fan control switch. L
3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15. M
No >> Refer to ATC-34, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" or MTC-3, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
EC-859
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-570, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC-860
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram EBS01152
LHD MODELS
EC
TBWA0639E
EC-861
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0640E
EC-862
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram – EBS01153
RHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0641E
EC-863
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0642E
EC-864
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
Description EBS01154
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.
EC-865
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
QR20DE Engine Models
PBIB0490E
EC-866
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
QR25DE Engine Models
A
EC
PBIB1998E
EC-867
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS01155
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
PBIB0663E
SEF552Y
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
SEF943S
EC-868
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WATER SEPARATOR
1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet. A
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
EC
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
C
NOTE:
● Do not disassemble water separator.
E
PBIB1032E
EC-869
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
Description EBS01156
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0492E
PBIB1588E
PBIB1589E
EC-870
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
S-ET277
D
EC-871
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
EC-872
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS0115H
A
Refer to EC-653, "Component Inspection" .
Throttle Control Motor EBS0115I
EC
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω
Injector EBS0115J
C
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 13.5 - 17.5Ω
D
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω
EC-873
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the “Type approval number” on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-44, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-944, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
EC-874
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Items DTC*1 *2 Trip
MI lighting
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) (CONSULT-II, GST ) up A
FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0182 3 × EC-993
FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0183 3 × EC-993
EC
GLOW RELAY P0380 3 × EC-1069
HIGH FUEL PRESS P0088 3 × EC-954
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 3 × EC-976 C
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 3 × EC-976
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 P1260 3 × EC-1115
D
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 P1261 3 × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 P1262 3 × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 P1263 3 × EC-1115 E
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 P1264 3 × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 P1265 3 × EC-1115
F
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 P1266 3 × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 P1267 3 × EC-1115
INJ PWR/CIRC P2146 3 × EC-1155 G
INJ PWR/CIRC P2149 3 × EC-1155
INJECTOR P0200 3 × EC-1003
INJECTOR/CIRC P2147 3 × EC-1160 H
INJECTOR/CIRC P2148 3 × EC-1160
INJECTOR 1 P1268 1 — EC-1121
I
INJECTOR 2 P1269 1 — EC-1121
INJECTOR 3 P1270 1 — EC-1121
INJECTOR 4 P1271 1 — EC-1121 J
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 3 × EC-970
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 3 × EC-970
K
MAF SENSOR P0101 3 × EC-963
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1617 1 — EC-896
NO DTC IS DETECTED. L
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0642 3 × EC-1098 M
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0643 3 × EC-1098
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0652 3 × EC-1104
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0653 3 × EC-1104
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0237 3 × EC-1038
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0238 3 × EC-1038
TC BOOST SOL/CIRC P0045 3 × EC-949
TC SYSTEM P0234 1 — EC-1031
TCS/CIRC P1212 1 — EC-1114
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1 — EC-1113
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
EC-875
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Index EBS0116P
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the “Type approval number” on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-44, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-944, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1 *2 Items
Trip
MI lighting
Reference page
(CONSULT-II, GST) (CONSULT-II screen item) up
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 — EC-944
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0016 CMP/CKP RELATION 3 × EC-947
P0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC 3 × EC-949
P0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS 3 × EC-954
P0089 FUEL PUMP 3 × EC-956
P0093 FUEL LEAK 3 × EC-959
P0101 MAF SENSOR 3 × EC-963
P0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-970
P0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-970
P0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-976
P0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-976
P0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-981
P0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-981
P0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-987
P0123 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-987
P0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-993
P0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-993
P0192 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-997
P0193 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-997
P0200 INJECTOR 3 × EC-1003
P0201 CYL1 INJECTOR 3 × EC-1005
P0202 CYL2 INJECTOR 3 × EC-1005
P0203 CYL3 INJECTOR 3 × EC-1005
P0204 CYL4 INJECTOR 3 × EC-1005
P0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-1011
P0222 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-1025
P0223 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-1025
P0234 TC SYSTEM 1 — EC-1031
P0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-1038
P0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-1038
P0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-1044
P0336 CKP SENSOR 3 × EC-1050
P0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-1056
P0341 CMP SENSOR 3 × EC-1062
P0380 GLOW RELAY 3 × EC-1069
EC-876
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 *2 Items
Trip
MI lighting
Reference page
(CONSULT-II, GST) (CONSULT-II screen item) up A
P0401 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-1073
P0404 EGR VALVE 3 × EC-1080
EC
P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 1 — EC-1087
P0605 ECM 3 × EC-1089
P0606 ECM 3 × EC-1091 C
P0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 × EC-1093
P0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 × EC-1093
D
P0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3 × EC-1098
P0643 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3 × EC-1098
P0652 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 3 × EC-1104 E
P0653 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 3 × EC-1104
P0686 ECM RELAY 1 — EC-1110
F
P1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN 1 — EC-1113
P1212 TCS/CIRC 1 — EC-1114
P1260 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 3 × EC-1115 G
P1261 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 3 × EC-1115
P1262 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 3 × EC-1115
P1263 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 3 × EC-1115 H
P1264 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 3 × EC-1115
P1265 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 3 × EC-1115
I
P1266 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 3 × EC-1115
P1267 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 3 × EC-1115
P1268 INJECTOR 1 1 — EC-1121 J
P1269 INJECTOR 2 1 — EC-1121
P1270 INJECTOR 3 1 — EC-1121
K
P1271 INJECTOR 4 1 — EC-1121
P1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE 3 × EC-1127
P1273 FUEL PUMP 3 × EC-1134 L
P1274 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-1139
P1275 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-1144
M
P1610 - P1617 NATS MALFUNTION 1 — EC-896
P2135 APP SENSOR 1 — EC-1149
P2146 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 × EC-1155
P2147 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 × EC-1160
P2148 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 × EC-1160
P2149 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 × EC-1155
P2228 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-1167
P2229 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-1167
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
EC-877
PRECAUTIONS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS0116Q
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EBS011T4
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-70, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions EBS0116R
EC-878
PRECAUTIONS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● Do not disassemble ECM.
A
EC
MBIB0625E
D
● When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the
figure.
E
G
PBIB1512E
EC-879
PRECAUTIONS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J
SEF348N
SEF709Y
A
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
● GI-14, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
● PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit EC
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
● GI-10, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
● GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident". C
EC-881
PREPARATION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
Tool number
Description
Tool name
S-NT564
S-NT825
S-NT826
S-NT705
EC-882
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram EBS0116T
EC
PBIB2018E
EC-883
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS0116U
PBIB2019E
EC-884
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS0116V
A
Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)
● Accelerator pedal position sensor Fuel injection control Fuel injector and Fuel pump
● Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel injection timing control Fuel injector and Fuel pump EC
● Fuel pump temperature sensor Fuel cut control Fuel injector and Fuel pump
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
Glow control system Glow relay and glow indicator lamp*2
● Mass air flow sensor C
● Intake air temperature sensor
On board diagnostic system Malfunction indicator (MI)*2
● Crankshaft position sensor EGR volume control EGR volume control valve
● Camshaft position sensor Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay D
● Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost control solenoid
Turbocharger boost control
● Vehicle speed sensor*1 valve
E
● ESP/TCS/ABS control unit*1 Fuel transport pump control Fuel transport pump relay
● Ignition switch
● Stop lamp switch
F
● Air conditioner switch*1
● Park/neutral position switch Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Battery voltage
G
● Fuel level switch
● Power steering pressure switch
*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. H
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance. J
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to
preset value.
START CONTROL K
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
L
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Camshaft position sensor Piston position control (start M
Fuel pump
control)
Ignition switch Start signal
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine
coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better startability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.
SEF648S
EC-885
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
IDLE CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Battery Battery voltage
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control (Idle
Fuel pump
control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed
Air conditioner switch* Air conditioner signal
*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the
engine coolant temperature signal.
NORMAL CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position control (Nor-
Fuel pump
mal control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur-
ing a system failure.
EC-886
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DECELERATION CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart A
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Fuel injector EC
control (Decel-
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
eration control)
The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel effi- C
ciency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position
sensor and crankshaft position sensor.
Fuel Injection Timing Control System EBS0116X D
DESCRIPTION
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals E
accordance with the map.
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS0116Y
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal. J
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) EBS0116Z
EC-887
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Crankcase Ventilation System EBS01170
DESCRIPTION
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
PBIB0590E
INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
SEC692
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EC-888
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT
System diagram A
EC
PKIA6459E G
Input/output signal chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals ECM
ESP/TCS/ABS Steering angle 4WD control Combination H
control unit sensor unit meter
Stop lamp switch signal T R
Engine speed signal T R R R I
Engine coolant temperature signal T R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R R
J
A/C switch signal R T
T R R
Vehicle speed signal
R T K
ABS warning lamp signal T R
Brake warning lamp signal T R
L
SLIP indicator lamp signal T R
ESP OFF indicator lamp signal T R
4WD warning lamp signal T R M
4WD mode indicator lamp signal T R
Parking brake switch signal R T
MI signal T R
Glow indicator lamp signal T R
Steering angle sensor signal R T
EC-889
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side.
AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump to bleed air.
● When air is bled completely, the pumping of the priming pump
suddenly becomes heavy. Stop the operation at that time.
● If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump
(the pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy), dis-
connect the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel
gallery. Then, perform the operation described above, and make
sure that fuel comes out. (Use a pan, etc. so as not to spill fuel.
Do not let fuel get on engine and other parts.) After that, connect
the hose, then bleed air again.
● Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute after performing PBIB1932E
air bleeding.
WATER DRAINING
1. Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows.
a. Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the
vacuum pump and vacuum pipe).
CAUTION:
After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from
getting into the engine during the operation.
b. Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector
assembly from the dash panel.
● It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose.
DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operating to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
It must be performed after the fuel pump is changed. When the ECM is replaced with brand new one, the Fuel
Pump Learning Value Clearing is not necessary to be performed. If the ECM to be replaced has the possibility
of learning the characteristic value of fuel pump, the Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is necessary to be
performed after the ECM has been replaced.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Remove fuel pump without starting engine after performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.
EC-890
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with A
CONSULT-II.
EC
MBIB0896E
D
MBIB0893E
H
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
K
MBIB0894E
EC-891
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
Introduction EBS011UJ
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Mode 3 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Mode 2 of ISO 15031-5
1st/2nd Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st/2nd Trip DTC) Mode 7 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Mode 9 of ISO 15031-5
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × ×
GST × × × ×
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in
three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic EBS011UK
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has “Three Trip Detection Logic” and “One Trip Detection
Logic”. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-874, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
“Trip” of “Three Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while
driving.
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MI does not illumi-
nate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC is stored in the ECM mem-
ory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MI does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in
the ECM memory and 2nd trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MI illuminates at the same time when
DTC is stored. <3rd trip>
In other words, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored and MI illuminates when the same malfunction occurs
in 3 consecutive trips.
This is called “Three Trip Detection Logic”.
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory
and MI lights up. This is called “One Trip Detection Logic”. Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MI when
DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-892, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" .) 1st/2nd trip DTC is not stored for
one trip detection logic.
Emission-related Diagnostic Information EBS011UL
EC-892
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Items DTC*1 *2 1st/2nd MI lighting
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen item) (CONSULT-II, GST ) trip DTC up A
FUEL PUMP P0089 × × EC-956
FUEL LEAK P0093 × × EC-959
EC
MAF SENSOR P0101 × × EC-963
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 × × EC-970
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 × × EC-970 C
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 × × EC-976
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 × × EC-976
D
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 × × EC-981
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 × × EC-981
APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT P0122 — — EC-987 E
APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT P0123 — — EC-987
FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0182 × × EC-993
F
FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0183 × × EC-993
FRP SEN/CIRC P0192 × × EC-997
FRP SEN/CIRC P0193 × × EC-997 G
INJECTOR P0200 × × EC-1003
CYL1 INJECTOR P0201 × × EC-1005
CYL2 INJECTOR P0202 × × EC-1005 H
CYL3 INJECTOR P0203 × × EC-1005
CYL4 INJECTOR P0204 × × EC-1005
I
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 — × EC-1011
APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT P0222 — — EC-1025
APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT P0223 — — EC-1025 J
TC SYSTEM P0234 — — EC-1031
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0237 × × EC-1038
K
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0238 × × EC-1038
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 × × EC-1044
CKP SENSOR P0336 × × EC-1050 L
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 × × EC-1056
CMP SENSOR P0341 × × EC-1062
M
GLOW RELAY P0380 × × EC-1069
EGR SYSTEM P0401 × × EC-1073
EGR VALVE P0404 × × EC-1080
BATTERY VOLTAGE P0563 — — EC-1087
ECM P0605 × × EC-1089
ECM P0606 × × EC-1091
FUEL PUMP/CIRC P0628 × × EC-1093
FUEL PUMP/CIRC P0629 × × EC-1093
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0642 × × EC-1098
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0643 × × EC-1098
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0652 × × EC-1104
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0653 × × EC-1104
ECM RELAY P0686 — — EC-1110
EC-893
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Items DTC*1 *2 1st/2nd MI lighting
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen item) (CONSULT-II, GST ) trip DTC up
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 — — EC-1113
TCS/CIRC P1212 — — EC-1114
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 P1260 × × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 P1261 × × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 P1262 × × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 P1263 × × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 P1264 × × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 P1265 × × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 P1266 × × EC-1115
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 P1267 × × EC-1115
INJECTOR 1 P1268 — — EC-1121
INJECTOR 2 P1269 — — EC-1121
INJECTOR 3 P1270 — — EC-1121
INJECTOR 4 P1271 — — EC-1121
FRP RELIEF VALVE P1272 × × EC-1127
FUEL PUMP P1273 × × EC-1134
FUEL PUMP P1274 — × EC-1139
FUEL PUMP P1275 — × EC-1144
NATS MALFUNTION P1610 - P1617 — — EC-896
APP SENSOR P2135 — — EC-1149
INJ PWR/CIRC P2146 × × EC-1155
INJECTOR/CIRC P2147 × × EC-1160
INJECTOR/CIRC P2148 × × EC-1160
INJ PWR/CIRC P2149 × × EC-1155
BARO SEN/CIRC P2228 × × EC-1167
BARO SEN/CIRC P2229 × × EC-1167
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
PBIB2452E
EC-895
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– 2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS01177
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
● If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-33, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-1202 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SAT652J
EC-896
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status A
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit. (See EC- EC
1202, "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" .)
Engine stopped
C
D
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a mal-
WARNING function, the MI will light up to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
E
EC-897
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
OBD System Operation Chart EBS011UM
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When the malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip
DTC is cleared.
● When the same malfunction is detected during 3rd consecutive trip, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are
stored and MI illuminates. Refer to EC-892, "Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic" for
details.1st/2nd trip DTC are cleared from the ECM memory.
● MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 consecutive times with no malfunction (driving pattern A).
● 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC, and Freeze Frame Data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 41 times (driving
pattern B) without the same malfunction recurring. “TIME” data displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”
mode of CONSULT-II shows the number of times the vehicle is driven without the same malfunction recur-
ring.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Trip Counter Driving Pattern
MI (goes off) 3 2 A
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (clear) 41 40 B
1st/2nd Trip DTC (clear) 41 40 B
Refer to EC-900 for details of pattern A and B.
EC-898
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS
A
EC
PBIB2048E
*1: CONSULT-II displays for DTC and *2: 1st/2nd trip DTC becomes the same *3: When the same malfunction is
1st/2nd trip DTC become the same. display in mode7 of GST. detected in three consecutive trips,
MI will light up.
*4: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *5: When the malfunction is detected for *6: When the same malfunction is
times (pattern A) without any mal- the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in detected during 2nd consecutive trip,
functions. the ECM memory. 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip
DTC is cleared.
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: The DTC and the freeze frame data
detected during 3rd consecutive trip, will not be displayed any longer after
DTC and Freeze Frame Data are vehicle is driven 41 times (pattern B)
stored. without the same malfunction.
EC-899
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
<Driving Pattern A>
Driving pattern A means the vehicle operation as follows:
Engine speed should go over 500 rpm at least 5 seconds and the DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed.
● The A counter will be cleared when the same malfunction is detected.
● The A counter will be counted up when the same malfunction is not detected.
● The MI will go off when the A counter reaches 3.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
Driving pattern A and (1)-(3) are satisfied.
PBIB2049E
EC-900
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS01179
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec- EC
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions C
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
E
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the EC-902, "WORK FLOW" . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This L
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
M
EC-901
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
PBIB2047E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than “0”, per- form EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
form EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
SIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-937, "MAIN POWER
INCIDENT" . SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be
detected, perform EC-936, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-902
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
EC-903, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st/2nd trip) DTC and
the freeze frame data (When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.), then erase the DTC
and the data. (Refer to EC-895 .) The (1st/2nd trip) DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the
incident at STEP III & IV. C
STEP II
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st/2nd trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-909 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information. D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results. E
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st/2nd trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read
the (1st/2nd trip) DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST. F
During the (1st/2nd trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st/2nd
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st/2nd trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV. H
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-905 .)Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-909 .)
I
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG)” mode. J
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-919 , EC-933 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
K
GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- L
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is M
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st/2nd trip) DTC in
ECM. (Refer to EC-895, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
SEF907L
EC-903
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0533
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-944, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
EC-904
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
A
1 ● U1000 CAN communication line
● P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
● P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor EC
● P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor C
● P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor
● P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
● P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor D
● P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
● P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
● P0563 Battery voltage E
● P0605 P0606 ECM
● P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
● P1260 - P1267 Fuel injector adjustment resistor
F
● P1610 - P1617 NATS
● P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
G
2 ● P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
● P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
● P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector H
● P0380 Glow relay
● P0404 EGR volume control valve
● P0686 ECM relay I
● P1212 TCS communication line
3 ● P0088 P0093 Fuel system
● P0217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) J
● P0234 Turbocharger system
● P0401 EGR function
K
● P1211 TCS control unit
Precaution: L
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
● Headlamp switch is OFF.
● On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light M
only small lamps.
● Air conditioner switch is OFF.
● Rear defogger switch is OFF.
● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
EC-905
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-7, "PERIODIC MAINTENANCE" .
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
>> GO TO 2.
SEF142I
>> GO TO 3.
SEF817Y
EC-906
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM A
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-890, "AIR BLEEDING" .
EC
>> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle. D
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.
E
725±25 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF817Y
H
7. DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-890, "WATER DRAINING" . I
>> GO TO 8.
J
8. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
K
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed. L
725±25 rpm
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
SEF817Y
EC-907
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF817Y
EC-908
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS0117B
A
SYMPTOM
Reference page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER
POOR ACCELERATION
HI IDLE
LOW IDLE
EC
AT IDLE
DURING DRIVING
WHEN DECELERATING
F
J
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 —
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 EC-1005 K
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1169
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 EM-208
L
Fuel transport pump 2 2 2 EC-1190
EGR system 3 3 EC-1073
Air cleaner and duct 3 3 EM-133 M
Fuel rail pressure relief valve EC-959
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1093
ENGINE CONTROL
EC-909
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
Reference page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER
POOR ACCELERATION
HI IDLE
LOW IDLE
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system
NO START (with first firing)
AT IDLE
DURING DRIVING
WHEN DECELERATING
EC-910
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
Reference page
A
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
E
EC-911
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
Reference page
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-1044
ENGINE CONTROL
EC-912
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS0117C
EC
PBIB1888E
EC-913
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1938E
EC-914
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB1939E
EC-915
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1940E
EC-916
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS0117D
EC
TBWA0561E
EC-917
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0562E
EC-918
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS0117E
EC
MBIB0045E D
PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F
H
PBIB1899E
PBIB1512E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: M
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
1 B [Engine is running]
2 B ECM ground Approximately 0V
3 B ● Idle speed
EC-919
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0889E
Turbocharger boost control
6 L
solenoid valve
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0890E
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
EC-920
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Air conditioner switch is OFF (11 - 14V) EC
19 L Air conditioner relay [Engine is running]
● Both air conditioner switch and blower fan Approximately 0.1V
switch are ON (Compressor is operating) C
0 - 9V
[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
E
21 G/R Fuel injector No. 2
MBIB0881E
22 GY/L Fuel injector No. 2
23 G/R Fuel injector No. 3
0 - 9V F
24 GY/L Fuel injector No. 3
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
G
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E H
0.1 - 14V
25 GY [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
26 W/L
EGR volume control valve ● Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 OR/B
trol position of EGR volume
I
28 GY/B ● Idle speed
control valve.)
0.5 - 1.0V
J
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
K
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump L
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running] M
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
34 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High) ● Cooling fan is operating at low speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
● Cooling fan is operating at high speed
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
36 LG Cooling fan relay (Low) ● Cooling fan is operating at high speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
● Cooling fan is operating at low speed
EC-921
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
37 W/R Glow relay Refer to EC-1169, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Some fuel is in the fuel tank
39 B/OR Fuel transport pump relay
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● No fuel is in the fuel tank (11 - 14V)
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0879E
46 L Crankshaft position sensor
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0880E
EC-922
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 6V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
MBIB0877E
47 G/R Camshaft position sensor D
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
MBIB0878E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V G
48 Y/R ● Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor
49 R [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 2.0 - 2.3V H
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
EC-923
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Fuel rail pressure sensor
63 W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
power supply
Turbocharger boost sensor
64 W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
power supply
Crankshaft position sen-
65 L/R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sor ground
Camshaft position sensor
66 G/Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Sensor ground
67 — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
(Sensors shield circuit)
Fuel rail pressure sensor
68 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Fuel pump temperature
69 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor ground
Engine coolant tempera-
70 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ture sensor ground
Turbocharger boost sensor
71 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Mass air flow sensor
73 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Intake air temperature sen-
74 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sor ground
Fuel injector adjustment
78 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
resistor ground
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Approximately 2.0 - 2.6V
87 GY/R CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V - Battery volt-
89 LG Data link connector
● CONSULT-II is disconnected. age (11 - 14V)
EC-924
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground EC
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
95 G/R CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
C
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
99 B/Y Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14V)
D
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
100 P Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE E
● Brake pedal: Depressed (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-925
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Function EBS0117G
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased
Self-diagnostic results
quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st/2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
EC-926
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under the driver side dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
PBIB0376E
D
PBIB2276E
H
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-35, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
I
K
SEF995X
PBIB2453E
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC, refer to — EC-874, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE ● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”.
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-874, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-927
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Freeze frame data item Description
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] ● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] ● The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-928
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
MONITOR ITEM INPUT SIG- CONDITION SPECIFICATION A
SIGNAL NALS
● Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fans (determined by ECM EC
COOLING FAN according to the input signal).
×
[LOW/HI/OFF] LOW ... Operates at low speed.
HI ... Operates at high speed.
OFF ... Stopped C
● Indicates the EGR volume control value
computed by the ECM according to the
EGR VOL CON/V [step] × input signals. D
● The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
● The intake air volume computed from the E
INT/A VOLUME [mg/]
mass air flow sensor signal is displayed.
● The barometric pressure (determined by
the signal voltage from the absolute F
BARO SEN [kPa] × ×
pressure sensor built into the ECM) is
displayed.
● Turbocharger boost (determined by the G
INT/M PRES SE [kPa] signal voltage from the turbocharger
boost sensor) is displayed.
● The cylinder being injected is displayed.
H
1 ... Cylinder No.1 is injected.
CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4] 2 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected.
3 ... Cylinder No.3 is injected.
4 ... Cylinder No.4 is injected. I
Voltage [V]
Only “#” is displayed if item is
Frequency [msec], [Hz] or unable to be measured.
[%] Figures with “#”s are temporary J
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse ones.
width measured by the probe. They are the same figures as an
DUTY-LOW actual piece of data which was
just previously measured. [Hz] or
K
PLS WIDTH-HI
[%]
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE: L
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-929
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating ● Harness and connector
GLOW RLY ● Turn the glow relay ON and OFF sound. ● Glow relay
using CONSULT-II and listen to
operating sound.
● Ignition switch: ON
EGR VOL CONT/ ● Change EGR volume control EGR volume control valve makes ● Harness and connector
V valve opening step using CON- an operating sound. ● EGR volume control valve
SULT-II.
● Ignition switch: ON
PRES REGULA- ● Fuel line
● Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR ● Fuel pressure relief valve
CONSULT-II
PUMP LEANT ● This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning
CLEAR Value Clearing" .
*:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
EC-930
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
– If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further A
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
EC
SEF720X
FUNCTION TEST J
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function EBS011UO
K
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 8 different functions explained below. L
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
M
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
MODE 1 READINESS TESTS
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA)
the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-895, "FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
EC-931
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO ● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
● Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
● Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 7)
MODE 6 (ON BOARD TESTS) This mode is not applicable on this vehicle.
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 (CALIBRATION ID)
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under
drivers side dash panel near the fuse box cover.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0376E
SEF398S
SEF416S
EC-932
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0117H
Remarks: A
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer Almost the same speed as the
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
indication. tachometer indication
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) C
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speed- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
ometer indication speedometer indication
D
FUEL TEMP SEN ● Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
EC-933
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
INT/A VOLUME ● Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/st
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100 kPa
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,800 rpm Approx. 126 kPa
INT/M PRES SE [kPa]
● Shift lever: Neutral position
4,000 rpm Approx. 106 kPa
● No-load
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2 , 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2 ,
BARO SEN ● Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2 ,
12.06 psi)
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2 ,
11.36 psi)
CYL COUNT ● Engine is running 1→3→4→2
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*: These signals are converted by ECM internally. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals voltage.
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
ACCEL POS SEN, “CKPS·RPM (TDC)”, “MAS AIR/FL SE”
Below is the data for “ACCEL POS SEN”, “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” and “MAS AIR/FL SE” when revving engine
quickly up to 3,000 rpm under no load after warming up engine to the normal operating temperature.
EC-934
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A
EC
SEF321Y
EC-935
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
Description EBS0117J
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st/2nd trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st/2nd trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-895, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-936
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
A
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0117L
Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: EC
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- C
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
1 B [Engine is running] D
2 B ECM ground Approximately 0V
3 B ● Idle speed
EC-937
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0117M
TBWA0563E
EC-938
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0117N
1. INSPECTION START A
Start engine.
Is engine running? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 2. C
MBIB0610E
EC-939
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0V.
MBIB0611E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more then a few seconds)>>GO TO 8.
PBIB1899E
PBIB1886E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-940
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram. EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and ECM relay terminal 5, ECM terminal 120 and
ECM relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11. J
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. K
● Harness connectors F30, M63
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay.
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-941
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
MBIB0026E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
OFF No
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
PBIB0077E
EC-942
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Ground Inspection EBS011T6
A
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti- EC
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: C
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact. D
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the E
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution” in PG section. F
PBIB1870E L
EC-943
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
Description EBS0117P
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0117Q
EC-944
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0117S
EC
TBWA0564E
EC-945
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS016ZI
EC-946
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION PFP:10328
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0117U
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause EC
name
● Camshaft position sensor
Crankshaft position - The correlation between crankshaft position sen- ● Crankshaft position sensor
P0016 camshaft position cor- sor signal and camshaft position sensor signal is C
relation out of the normal range. ● Timing chain
● Signal plate
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
F
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-947, "Diagnostic Procedure" G
.
I
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. J
2. CHECK SPROCKET M
EC-947
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
EC-948
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14956
A
Description EBS011O7
MBIB0626E
E
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air pres-
sure rises. F
H
PBIB1897E
0 - 12.5V
L
[Ignition switch ON]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed M
MBIB0889E
Turbocharger boost control
6 L
solenoid valve
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0890E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-949
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011TP
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
An improper voltage is sent to ECM (The solenoid valve circuit is
Turbocharger boost control sole- open or shorted.)
P0045 through turbocharger boost control
noid valve circuit / open
solenoid valve. ● Turbocharger boost control
solenoid valve
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-952, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-950
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011O9
EC
TBWA0588E
EC-951
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011OA
PBIB1897E
PBIB1945E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-952
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
PBIB1897E
EC-953
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM PFP:17520
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Fuel pump
Fuel pressure is too much higher than the speci-
P0088 Fuel rail pressure too high ● Fuel injector
fied value.
● Fuel rail pressure sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 sec-
onds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-954, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0117Z
EC-954
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. REPLACE FUEL PUMP A
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
FUEL INJECTOR E
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
FUEL PUMP F
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-955
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Fuel pump
● Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target
P0089 Fuel pump performance ● Lack of fuel
value.
● Fuel rail pressure sensor
● Fuel transport pump operation
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-956, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01183
EC-956
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING A
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure. EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . C
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “ERASE”. D
6. Perform EC-956, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
7. Is 1st trip DTC detected again?
E
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . F
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select MODE 4 with GST.
5. Touch “ERASE”. G
6. Perform EC-956, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
7. Is 1st trip DTC detected again?
H
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> INSPECTION END
I
3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
EC-957
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS01184
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-958
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM PFP:17520
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01185
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Fuel pump EC
● Fuel rail
ECM detects a fuel system leak. ● Fuel pipe
(The relation between the output voltage to the C
P0093 Fuel system leak ● Fuel rail pressure relief valve
fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) ● Air mixed with fuel
● Lack of fuel
D
● Fuel transport pump operation
E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
3. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-959, "Diagnostic Procedure" H
.
SEF817Y J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
K
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01187
EC-959
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-959, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
7. Is 1st trip DTC detected again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select MODE 4 with GST.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-959, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
7. Is 1st trip DTC detected again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-960
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. REPLACE FUEL PUMP A
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS011V0 C
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
With CONSULT-II
WARNING: D
● Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
● Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. F
H
PBIB1941E
Without CONSULT-II M
WARNING:
● Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
● Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose.
4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
5. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve.
WARNING:
● Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount
insulator clear of fuel. PBIB1941E
● If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.
EC-961
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS01188
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-962
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description EBS011OD
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
PBIB1604E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011OE
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
Mass air flow sensor cir- ● Mass air flow sensor
P0101 Improper voltage from the sensor is sent to
cuit range/performance ● Intake air leaks
0101 ECM compared with the driving condition.
problem
● Air cleaner
● Intake air temperature sensor
● Turbocharger boost sensor
EC-963
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011OH
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 40 seconds.
4. Drive vehicle under the following condition.
CKPS·RPM Approx. 2800 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE 70 - 100 km/h
Shift lever 4th position
5. Release accelerator pedal for at least 10 seconds.
Do not depress brake pedal during this procedure.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-966, "Diagnostic Procedure" MBIB1085E
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-964
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011OI
EC
TBWA0565E
EC-965
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011OJ
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-966
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1891E
PBIB1168E H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
5. CHECK MAFS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 73.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M
EC-967
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF819Y
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that the shaft is in the same position before
checking.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF.
4. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position.
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check EGR volume control valve and its circuit. Refer to
EC-1084, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF560W
EC-968
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR A
Refer to EC-1043, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. EC
NG >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
EC-969
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIB1604E
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.3V
● Idle speed
54 W Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 2.5 - 3.0V
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground
67 — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
(Sensors shield circuit)
Mass air flow sensor
73 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0102
low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.)
P0103
high input sent to ECM. ● Mass air flow sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-970
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
EC
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-973, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
C
SEF817Y
WITH GST E
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-971
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0118E
TBWA0565E
EC-972
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0118F
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-973
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1891E
PBIB1168E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-974
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-975, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
F
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
EC-975
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIB1604E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.73 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.62 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 1.53 0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 55
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: SEF012P
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Intake air temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0112
sor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
Intake air temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.)
P0113
sor circuit high input sent to ECM. ● Intake air temperature sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-978, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-976
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0118L
EC
TBWA0587E
EC-977
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0118M
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-978
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1891E
PBIB1169E H
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-980, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
EC-979
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0118N
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
PBIB1604E
SEF012P
EC-980
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Description EBS0118P
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) F
ture °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine H
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0118Q
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine coolant tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is K
P0117 ture sensor circuit low ● Harness or connectors
sent to ECM.
input (The sensor circuit is open or
Engine coolant tempera- shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0118 ture sensor circuit high
sent to ECM.
● Engine coolant temperature sensor L
input
SEF817Y
EC-981
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-982
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0118S
EC
TBWA0566E
EC-983
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0118T
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-984
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1892E
PBIB0152E H
EC-985
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0118U
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
EC-986
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Description EBS0118W
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0118X
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
K
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
L
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-987
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-990, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-988
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01191
EC
TBWA0567E
EC-989
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01192
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-990
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1893E
PBIB0914E H
4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-991
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-992
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR PFP:16700
A
Description EBS01195
Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel
pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01196
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: E
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- F
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V
Fuel pump temperature [Engine is running] G
50 PU Output voltage varies with fuel
sensor ● Warm-up condition pump temperature
Fuel pump temperature
69 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V H
sensor ground
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0182
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.) J
Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0183
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. ● Fuel pump temperature sensor
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-993
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0119A
TBWA0572E
EC-994
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0119B
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-995
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1942E
PBIB0420E
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-996
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR PFP:16638
A
Description EBS0119D
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. EC
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throttling device. The ECM uses the signal from
fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0119E C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR CONDITION SPECIFICATOIN
D
● Engine: After warming up Idle 20 - 30 MPa
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
ACT CR PRESS
● Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 45 - 55 MPa E
● No-load
EC-997
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0119H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1000, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-998
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0119I
EC
TBWA0568E
EC-999
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0119J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1000
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1894E
PBIB0405E H
3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J
4. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
EC-1001
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1002
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0119M
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the EC
P0200 ● ECM
circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
H
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. I
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0119O
1. INSPECTION START J
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1003, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. L
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0200 displayed again?
With GST
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1003, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0200 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-1003
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-896,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1004
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS0119P
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- EC
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. C
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
D
PBIB0465E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0119Q
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO. J
5 - 10V
[Engine is running] K
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
L
Fuel injector power supply
4 W/B MBIB0883E
(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
5 G/B 5 - 10V
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3) M
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1005
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0201
circuit open through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector.
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0202 ● Harness or connectors
circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector.
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0203 ● Fuel injector
circuit open through No. 3 cylinder fuel injector.
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0204
circuit open through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector.
EC-1006
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0119T
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1009, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
E
SEF817Y
WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1007
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0119U
TBWA0569E
EC-1008
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0119V
1. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT A
EC-1009
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform EC-1007, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is another DTC displayed?
With GST
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select MODE4 with GST.
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform EC-1007, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is another DTC displayed?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.
No >> GO TO 5.
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector.
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist.
3. If NG, replace fuel injector.
PBIB0406E
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1010
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:21481
A
System Description EBS0119Y
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air condi- D
tioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
E
SEF421Z H
EC-1011
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011A0
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
● Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
● Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1015,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1015,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W
SEF111X
EC-1012
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. A
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-707, EC
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-707,
C
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
D
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position. SEF621W
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed. J
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-707, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
MEC475B
EC-1013
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011A2
TBWA0573E
EC-1014
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011A3
1. INSPECTION START A
G
PBIB1935E
SEF784Z
K
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
L
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Touch “HIGH”on the CONSULT-II screen.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed
than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
1021, "PROCEDURE B" .)
SEF785Z
EC-1015
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Set temperature lever at full cold position.
4. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
5. Turn blower fan switch ON.
PBIB1935E
SEC163BA
PBIB1892E
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper-
ate at higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
1021, "PROCEDURE B" .)
MEC475B
EC-1016
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi)
EC
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. D
SLC754A
F
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following for leak.
● Hose G
● Radiator
● Water pump (Refer to CO-42, "WATER PUMP" .)
H
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure. J
Radiator cap relief pressure:
59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace radiator cap. L
SLC755A
EC-1017
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
80 - 84 °C (176 - 183 °F)
Valve lift:
More than 10 mm/95 °C (0.39 in/203 °F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-44, "THERMOSTAT AND
WATER PIPING" .
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace thermostat.
EC-1018
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE A
A
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
PBIB1935E
PBIB0422E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible links K
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
EC-1019
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following.
– Cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1
– Cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1
– Cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and ground
– Cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4 and ground
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
PBIB1895E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1020
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Perform EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C
PBIB1935E G
PBIB0251E
K
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
L
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
● 10A fuse
● 40A fusible links M
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and fuse
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1021
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following.
– Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2
– Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3
– Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. PBIB1895E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 34, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2 and ECM terminal 34.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1022
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 A
Refer to EC-1024, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.
E
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking —
● Blocked condenser F
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-19, "Engine G
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-31, "LEVEL
in reservoir tank and radi- CHECK" . H
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See MA-30, "CHECKING
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 RADIATOR CAP" .
I
kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-44, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT AND WATER PIP-
ING" , and CO-34, K
"RADIATOR" .
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-31, "LEVEL
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- SeeEM-196, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" .
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-212, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-27, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
EC-1023
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011A5
SEF745U
Terminals
Speed
(+) (-)
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4
EC-1024
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Description EBS011A6
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011A7
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
K
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
L
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1025
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1028, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1026
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011AB
EC
TBWA0729E
EC-1027
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011AC
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1028
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1893E
PBIB0915E H
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1029
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1030
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM PFP:14411
A
Description EBS011AF
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through EC
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.
MBIB0626E
E
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air pres-
sure rises. F
H
PBIB1897E
0 - 12.5V
L
[Ignition switch ON]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed M
MBIB0889E
Turbocharger boost control
6 L
solenoid valve
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0890E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1031
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011AI
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator rod moves slightly
when engine is started.
3. If NG, go to EC-1034, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB1936E
EC-1032
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011AH
EC
TBWA0588E
EC-1033
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011AK
PBIB1937E
SEF109L
EC-1034
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1897E
PBIB1945E
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve termi-
nals 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1035
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK VACUUM PUMP
Refer to EM-153, "VACUUM PUMP" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace vacuum pump assembly.
MBIB1022E
EC-1036
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011AL
D
PBIB1897E
EC-1037
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR PFP:22365
MBIB0614E
MBIB0899E
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 2.3 - 2.6V
● Idle speed
52 Y Turbocharger boost sensor
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 2.5 - 2.8V
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
Turbocharger boost sensor
64 W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
power supply
Turbocharger boost sensor
71 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
EC-1038
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011AO
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0237
circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or EC
Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.)
P0238
circuit high input sent to ECM. ● Turbocharger boost sensor
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1041, "Diagnostic Proce- F
dure" .
H
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. I
EC-1039
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011AQ
TBWA0589E
EC-1040
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011AR
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1041
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1898E
MBIB0072E
3. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 52 and turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
EC-1042
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
MBIB0925E
EC-1043
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR PFP:23731
Description EBS011AU
MBIB0619E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Crankshaft position sen-
44 L/W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sor power supply
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0879E
46 L Crankshaft position sensor
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0880E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1044
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011AX
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position sen- Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect (The sensor circuit is open or
P0335 EC
sor circuit by the ECM when engine is running. shorted.)
● Crankshaft position sensor
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position F
for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1047, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . G
H
SEF817Y
WITH GST
I
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1045
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011AZ
TBWA0570E
EC-1046
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011B0
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1047
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1889E
PBIB0405E
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1048
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
MBIB0864E
MBIB1009E
K
Removal and Installation EBS011B2
EC-1049
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR PFP:23731
Description EBS011B3
MBIB0619E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Crankshaft position sen-
44 L/W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sor power supply
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0879E
46 L Crankshaft position sensor
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0880E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1050
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011B6
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
Crankshaft position sen-
Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the
EC
P0336 sor circuit range/perfor- shorted.)
normal pattern when engine is running.
mance ● Crankshaft position sensor
● Signal plate
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011B7
NOTE:
D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. F
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position
for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnostic Proce- G
dure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST I
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
J
EC-1051
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011B8
TBWA0570E
EC-1052
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011B9
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1053
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1889E
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1054
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK GEAR TOOTH A
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
I
MBIB0864E
MBIB1009E
M
EC-1055
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR PFP:23731
Description EBS011BC
MBIB0618E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Camshaft position sensor
45 G/OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
power supply
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0877E
47 G/R Camshaft position sensor
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0878E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or
P0340 shorted.)
circuit the ECM when engine is running.
● Camshaft position sensor
EC-1056
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011BF
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position
for 5 seconds. D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1059, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
E
SEF817Y F
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
G
EC-1057
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011BG
TBWA0571E
EC-1058
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011BH
M
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1059
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1890E
MBIB1010E
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1060
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
MBIB0647E
MBIB1009E
K
EC-1061
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR PFP:23731
Description EBS011BK
MBIB0618E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Camshaft position sensor
45 G/OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
power supply
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0877E
47 G/R Camshaft position sensor
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0878E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness connectors
(The sensor circuit is opener
Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the nor- shorted.)
P0341
circuit range/performance mal pattern when engine is running.
● Camshaft position sensor
● Signal plate
EC-1062
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011BN
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position
for 5 seconds. D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1065, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
E
SEF817Y F
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
G
EC-1063
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011BO
TBWA0571E
EC-1064
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011BP
M
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1065
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1890E
MBIB1010E
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1066
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST) A
Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft C
rear end or replace camshaft.
D
MBIB0990E
EC-1067
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011BQ
MBIB0647E
MBIB1009E
EC-1068
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY PFP:25230
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011ON
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors EC
An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is open
through glow relay. or shorted.)
● Glow relay C
P0380 Glow relay circuit
● Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is
through glow relay. shorted.) D
● Glow relay
SEF817Y
J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. K
EC-1069
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011OP
TBWA0734E
EC-1070
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011OQ
PBIB1934E
E
PBIB1413E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
J
● 60A fusible link
● Harness for open and short between glow relay and battery
K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1071
DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK GLOW RELAY
Refer to EC-1072, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace glow relay.
GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
Operation takes less than 1 second.
PBIB0428E
EC-1072
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION PFP:14710
A
Description EBS011OS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume con- EGR volume control
trol valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
D
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor F
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con-
ditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions. G
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
H
● Low engine coolant temperature
● High engine speed
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed
I
L
SEF908Y
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR Volume Control Valve M
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
SEF411Y
EC-1073
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011OT
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0.1 - 14V
25 GY [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
26 W/L
EGR volume control valve ● Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 OR/B
● Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
28 GY/B
control valve.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The EGR volume control valve
Exhaust gas recirculation flow The exhaust gas recirculation flow is circuit is open or shorted.)
P0401
insufficient detected insufficient. ● EGR volume control valve stuck
closed
● EGR passage clogged
EC-1074
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011TZ
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
C
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 40 consecutive sec-
onds.
D
PBIB2156E
F
COOLAN TEMP/S 50 - 89 °C (122 - 192 °F)
Voltage between ECM terminal 55 (Intake air tem-
perature sensor) and ground
1.7 - 2.6V G
I
PBIB2017E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. J
EC-1075
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011OV
TBWA0579E
EC-1076
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011OW
PBIB1901E
E
PBIB2013E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors F30, M63
● Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM
● Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM relay K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
3. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve terminal
25 1
26 6
27 3
28 4
EC-1077
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-1078, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
PBIB2014E
EC-1078
DTC P0401 EGR FUNCTION
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control
valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening. A
EC
D
SEF819Y
H
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω
20 (68) 13 - 17
M
PBIB2014E
6. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking.
SEF560W
EC-1079
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE PFP:14710
Description EBS011P6
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume con- EGR volume control
trol valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con-
ditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● Low engine coolant temperature
● High engine speed
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed
SEF908Y
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR Volume Control Valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
SEF411Y
EC-1080
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011P7
A
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Engine: After warming up After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps EC
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
EGR VOL CON/V Revving engine from idle to 3,600
● Shift lever: Neutral position 0 step
rpm
● No-load C
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. D
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. E
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
F
0.1 - 14V
25 GY [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
26 W/L
EGR volume control valve ● Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 OR/B G
● Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
28 GY/B
control valve.)
NOTE:
K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine. M
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive sec-
onds.
PBIB2156E
EC-1081
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB2017E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1082
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011P9
EC
TBWA0579E
EC-1083
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011PA
PBIB1901E
PBIB2013E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve terminal
25 1
26 6
27 3
28 4
EC-1084
DTC P0404 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE A
Refer to EC-1085, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
PBIB2014E
M
6. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control
valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.
SEF819Y
PBIB2014E
6. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothy for-
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position.
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking.
SEF560W
EC-1086
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE PFP:24410
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011BS
I
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. J
1. INSPECTION START K
Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting?
Yes or No
L
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-1087
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION
Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.
SEF439Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly.
6. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-896,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1088
DTC P0605 ECM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Description EBS011BV
MBIB0625E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011BW
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine control module F
P0605 ECM ROM is malfunctioning. ● ECM
(ROM)
L
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. M
EC-1089
DTC P0605 ECM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011BY
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1089, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE4 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1089, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-896,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1090
DTC P0606 ECM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0606 ECM PFP:23710
A
Description EBS011BZ
MBIB0625E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011C0
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine control module F
P0606 ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
(Processor)
L
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. M
EC-1091
DTC P0606 ECM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011C2
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1091, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0606 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE4 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1091, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is DTC P0606 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-896,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform “Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing”. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1092
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
A
Description EBS011C3
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011C4 C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
D
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1,700 - 1,900 mA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
● Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 1,600 - 1,800 mA E
● No-load
0 - 12.5V
I
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed J
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition L
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
M
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1093
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is ● Harness or connectors
P0628
low input open or short to ground. (The fuel pump circuit is open or
Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is shorted.)
P0629
high output short to power. ● Fuel pump
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1096, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1094
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011C8
EC
TBWA0574E
EC-1095
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011C9
EC-1096
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011CA
FUEL PUMP A
1. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
EC
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
D
SEF807Z
EC-1097
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:18002
Description EBS011CC
PBIB1741E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1098
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V EC
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V C
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V D
sensor 2 ground
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
Accelerator pedal position
ECM detects a voltage of power source for the ● Harness or connectors
P0642 sensor 1 power supply cir-
APP sensor 1 is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply cir-
cuit low F
cuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position
ECM detects a voltage of power source for the ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0643 sensor 1 power supply cir-
APP sensor 1 is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
cuit high G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011CG
NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1101, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
K
SEF817Y
M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1099
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011V5
TBWA0731E
EC-1100
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011CI
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1101
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1893E
PBIB0914E
EC-1102
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS011CK
ACCELERATOR PEDAL A
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC
EC-1103
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:18002
Description EBS011CL
PBIB1741E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1104
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V EC
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V C
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V D
sensor 2 ground
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
Accelerator pedal position
ECM detects a voltage of power source for the ● Harness or connectors
P0652 sensor 2 power supply cir-
APP sensor 2 is excessively low. (The APP sensor 2 power supply cir-
cuit low F
cuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position
ECM detects a voltage of power source for the ● Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0653 sensor 2 power supply cir-
APP sensor 2 is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
cuit high G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011CP
NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1107, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
K
SEF817Y
M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1105
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011CQ
TBWA0732E
EC-1106
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011CR
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1107
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1893E
PBIB0915E
EC-1108
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS011CT
ACCELERATOR PEDAL A
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC
EC-1109
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY PFP:25230
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.2V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
105 G ECM relay (self-shutoff) switch OFF
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.2V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
113 G ECM relay (self-shutoff) switch OFF
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 Y BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 R (11 - 14V)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
2. Wait at least 30 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1112, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1110
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011V8
EC
TBWA0576E
EC-1111
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011CY
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
OFF No
PBIB0077E
EC-1112
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850
A
Description EBS011D0
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ESP/
TCS/ABS control unit to ECM. EC
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011D1 C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
NOTE:
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1113, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST K
Folow the procedure “WITH CONSLT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011D3 L
Go to BRC-58, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models with ESP system) or BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(model without ESP system).
M
EC-1113
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
Description EBS011D4
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-944, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011D5
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1114, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011D7
EC-1114
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR PFP:16600
A
Description EBS011D8
The fuel injector adjustment resistor is built into the fuel injector. The resistance is constant and individual.
ECM uses the individual resistance to determine the fuel injection pulse. EC
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS011D9
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
C
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
D
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
E
Fuel injector adjustment
59 W/B
resistor No. 1
Fuel injector adjustment 0.5 - 5.1V
60 Y/B
resistor No. 3 (There are individual differences F
[Ignition switch ON]
Fuel injector adjustment between fuel injector adjustment
61 G/B
resistor No. 4 resistors.)
Fuel injector adjustment
62 R/B
resistor No. 2 G
Fuel injector adjustment
78 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
resistor ground
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011DA
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An excessively low voltage from the No. 1 cylin- I
P1260 adjustment resistor low der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to
input ECM.
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An excessively high voltage from the No. 1 cylin- J
P1261 adjustment resistor high der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to
input ECM.
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector An excessively low voltage from the No. 2 cylin-
K
P1262 adjustment resistor low der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to
input ECM.
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector An excessively high voltage from the No. 2 cylin-
P1263 adjustment resistor high der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ● Harness or connectors L
input ECM. (The fuel injector adjustment resistor
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An excessively low voltage from the No. 3 cylin- circuit is open or shorted.)
P1264 adjustment resistor low der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to ● Fuel injector adjustment resistor M
input ECM.
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An excessively high voltage from the No. 3 cylin-
P1265 adjustment resistor high der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to
input ECM.
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector An excessively low voltage from the No. 4 cylin-
P1266 adjustment resistor low der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to
input ECM.
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector An excessively high voltage from the No. 4 cylin-
P1267 adjustment resistor high der fuel injector adjustment resistor is sent to
input ECM.
EC-1115
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011DB
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1118, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1116
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011DC
EC
TBWA0575E
EC-1117
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011DD
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1118
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector of malfunctioning
cylinder.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1896E
MBIB0186E
H
EC-1119
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
PBIB0415E
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1120
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS011DG
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- EC
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake cylinder.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains C
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
D
PBIB0465E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011DH
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO. J
5 - 10V
[Engine is running] K
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
L
Fuel injector power supply
4 W/B MBIB0883E
(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
5 G/B 5 - 10V
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3) M
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1121
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1122
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011DK
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE: EC
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
D
2. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1125, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step. E
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least
60 seconds.
CKPS·RPM 700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) F
COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)
PBIB2156E
Shift lever Suitable position
G
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1125, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II H
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1123
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011DL
TBWA0569E
EC-1124
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011DM
1. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC-1125
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform EC-1123, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is another DTC displayed?
With GST
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select MODE4 with GST.
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform EC-1123, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is another DTC displayed?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.
No >> GO TO 5.
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector.
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist.
3. If NG, replace fuel injector.
PBIB0406E
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1126
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
A
Description EBS011DP
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel
pressure relief valve opens to carry excess fuel to the return hose. EC
PBIB1900E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS012AQ
0 - 12.5V
K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed L
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply M
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
EC-1127
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
● Fuel pump
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open
Fuel rail pressure relief ● Fuel rail pressure sensor
P1272 because of fuel pressure control system
valve open
malfunction. ● Air mixed with fuel
● Lack of fuel
● Fuel transport pump operation
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds, then release the accelerator pedal.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1130, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1128
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS012AJ
EC
TBWA0574E
EC-1129
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011DS
EC-1130
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connectors. EC
PBIB1943E
E
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. F
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
5. CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1132, "Component Inspection" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8. M
EC-1131
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
FUEL PUMP
1. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF807Z
EC-1132
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS011DT
FUEL RAIL A
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
FUEL PUMP EC
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1133
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
Description EBS011DU
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011DV
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1134
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011DX
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Fuel pump
EC
● Air mixed with fuel
ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pres-
P1273 Fuel pump insufficient flow ● Lack of fuel
sure. C
● Fuel rail pressure sensor
● Fuel transport pump operation
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 sec-
onds. G
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1137, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
H
I
SEF817Y
WITH GST
J
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1135
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011DZ
TBWA0574E
EC-1136
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011E0
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connectors. M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
PBIB1943E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
EC-1137
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
FUEL PUMP
1. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF807Z
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1138
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
A
Description EBS011E3
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011E4 C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
D
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1,700 - 1,900 mA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
● Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 1,600 - 1,800 mA E
● No-load
0 - 12.5V
I
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed J
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition L
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
M
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1139
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tuning ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1142, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1140
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011E8
EC
TBWA0574E
EC-1141
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011E9
EC-1142
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011EA
FUEL PUMP A
1. Check continuity between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
EC
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
D
SEF807Z
EC-1143
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
Description EBS011EC
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011ED
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1144
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011EF
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 sec-
G
onds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1147, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H
SEF817Y
WITH GST J
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1145
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011EH
TBWA0574E
EC-1146
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011EI
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1002, "Component Inspection" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel rail. K
EC-1147
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011EJ
FUEL PUMP
1. Check continuity between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF807Z
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1148
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Description EBS011EL
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011EM
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
K
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
L
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1149
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then
release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1152, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1150
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011EQ
EC
TBWA0730E
EC-1151
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011ER
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1152
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1893E
PBIB0560E H
4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5, ECM terminal 91 and
APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1153
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1154
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS011EU
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- EC
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. C
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
D
PBIB0465E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011EV
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO. J
5 - 10V
[Engine is running] K
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
L
Fuel injector power supply
4 W/B MBIB0883E
(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
5 G/B 5 - 10V
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3) M
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1155
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0 - 9V
G/R
● Idle speed
MBIB0882E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P2146 injector power supply cir-
through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.
cuit open ● Harness or connectors
No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P2149 injector power supply cir-
through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.
cuit open
EC-1156
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011EY
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1159, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
E
SEF817Y
WITH GST G
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1157
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011EZ
TBWA0733E
EC-1158
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011F0
4 3 No.4
F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . I
EC-1159
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake cylinder.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIB0465E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1160
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
MBIB0882E
0 - 9V
G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed H
40 G/R Fuel injector No. 4
MBIB0881E
41 GY/L Fuel injector No. 4
42 G/R Fuel injector No. 1
0 - 9V
I
43 GY/L Fuel injector No. 1
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition J
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injector circuit low ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to M
P2147
input ground. ● Harness or connectors
Fuel injector circuit high ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
P2148
input power.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1161
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1164, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1162
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011F8
EC
TBWA0569E
EC-1163
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011F9
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1164
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre- EC
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Terminal
Cylinder Continuity
Fuel injector ECM
42, 43 Should not exist D
3
4 Should exist
No.1
42,43 Should exist PBIB1896E
4 E
4 Should not exist
21, 22 Should not exist
3
5 Should exist
No.2 F
21, 22 Should exist
4
5 Should not exist
23, 24 Should not exist G
3
5 Should exist
No.3
23, 24 Should exist
4 H
5 Should not exist
40, 41 Should not exist
3
4 Should exist I
No.4
40, 41 Should exist
4
4 Should not exist
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair or replace.
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector.
EC-1165
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist.
3. If NG, replace fuel injector.
PBIB0406E
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1166
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Description EBS011FC
MBIB0625E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011FD
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Barometric pressure sen- An excessively low voltage from the barometric F
P2228
sor circuit low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
● ECM
Barometric pressure sen- An excessively high voltage from the barometric
P2229
sor circuit high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM. G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011FE
NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. J
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1168, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
K
SEF058Y
M
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1167
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011FF
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1167, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE4 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1167, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-896,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-890, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1168
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:25230
A
Description EBS011FG
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Glow lamp
Glow control Glow relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Glow plugs C
When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80°C (176°F), the glow relay turns off.
When coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80°C (176°F):
● Ignition switch ON D
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
● Cranking E
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
● Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period F
in relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON. G
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Glow Plug
H
The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a
high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay. I
K
SEF376Y
EC-1169
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011FI
LHD MODELS
TBWA0577E
EC-1170
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0578E
EC-1171
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011FJ
1. INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Correct.
2. CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut and all glow plug connecting plate nuts are
installed properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Install properly.
SEF392YA
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 51 (engine cool-
ant temperature sensor signal) and ground is above 1.53V.
If it is below 1.53V, cool down engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn
ON.
4. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds
or more after turning ignition switch ON, and then glow indicator
lamp turned OFF.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SEF006P
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1172
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-ll
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II. EC
2. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates approximately 25°C
(77°F). If NG, cool down engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
4. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
D
SEF013Y
E
6. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions.
F
Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage
More than 20 seconds after turning ignition G
Approx. 0V
switch ON
H
PBIB0425E
Without CONSULT-II I
1. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 51 (engine cool-
ant temperature sensor signal) and ground is above 3.62V.
If it is below 3.62V, cool down engine. J
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. K
5. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions.
L
Conditions Voltage
SEF006P
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage
More than 20 seconds after turning ignition M
Approx. 0V
switch ON
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
5. CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed.
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, refer to EC-944, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICA-
TION LINE" .
No >> GO TO 6.
EC-1173
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK COMBINATON METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
MBIB0078E
PBIB1413E
9. CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and glow relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
EC-1174
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors E64, F5
● Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
D
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
G
12. CHECK GLOW RELAY
Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace glow relay. I
EC-1175
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011FK
GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
Operation takes less than 1 second.
PBIB0428E
GLOW PLUG
1. Remove glow plug connecting plate.
2. Check glow plug resistance.
Resistance: Approximately 0.8 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NOTE:
● Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped,
replace glow plug with a new one.
● If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or
higher, replace with a new one.
● If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with car-
bon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
● Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, PBIB0429E
GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-152, "GLOW PLUG" .
EC-1176
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25230
A
Description EBS011FZ
The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. The switch
senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the EC
ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control
system.
C
PBIB1902E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011WF
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- I
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] J
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
100 P Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Depressed (11 - 14V) K
EC-1177
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011G1
TBWA0580E
EC-1178
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011G2
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
3. Check “BRAKE SW” signal under the following conditions.
Conditions BRAKE SW
Brake pedal released OFF D
Brake pedal slightly depressed ON
PBIB0472E
F
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
G
Condition Voltage
Brake pedal released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal slightly depressed Battery voltage H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
I
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1946E
PBIB1902E
PBIB0117E
EC-1179
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● 15A fuse
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
● Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB1902E
EC-1180
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions. A
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
EC
Brake pedal depressed Should exist.
PBIB0118E
EC-1181
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
Description EBS011G4
When the gear position is in Neutral, park/neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position because the conti-
nuity of the line (the “ON” signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011G5
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Park/Neutral position ● Gear position is Neutral
110 G/OR
switch [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)
EC-1182
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011G7
EC
TBWA0581E
EC-1183
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011G8
SEF212Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the
following conditions.
Shift lever position Voltage
Neutral position Approximately 0V
Except the above position Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1947E
EC-1184
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1185
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PSP SWITCH PFP:49761
PBIB1904E
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering pressure ● Steering wheel is being turned
111 P/B
switch [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Steering wheel is not being turned (11 - 14V)
EC-1186
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011GC
EC
TBWA0583E
EC-1187
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011GD
PBIB0434E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the
following conditions.
Conditions Voltage
Steering wheel is in neutral position Battery voltage
Steering wheel is turned Approximately 0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1948E
2. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power steering pressure switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between power steering pressure
switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
nectors.
PBIB1904E
3. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and power steering pressure switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1188
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors M63, F30
● Harness for open and short between power steering pressure switch and ECM EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1189, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace power steering pressure switch. E
K
MBIB0624E
EC-1189
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP PFP:17020
Description EBS011PD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel transport pump control Fuel transport pump relay
Fuel level switch Fuel level
Fuel supply entrance of fuel tank is at the left side of fuel tank. The duel at the right side of the fuel tank is sent
to the left side of the fuel tank by fuel transport pump.
When the ECM receives engine revolution signal from the crankshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine
is rotating, and causes the pump operate. If the remainder of the fuel at the right side of the fuel tank
decreases, fuel level switch sends a signal to the ECM. When the ECM receives a signal from the fuel level
switch, the ECM stops the operation of the pump.
The ECM does not directly drive the fuel transport pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel transport pump relay,
which in turn controls the fuel transport pump.
PBIB1887E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Fuel Transport Pump
Fuel transport pump sends the fuel from right side of fuel tank to left
side.
PBIB0469E
EC-1190
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS011PE
A
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage) C
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
● Some fuel is in the fuel tank
14 W/PU Fuel level switch D
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● No fuel is in the fuel tank (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] E
Approximately 0V
● Some fuel is in the fuel tank
39 B/OR Fuel transport pump relay
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● No fuel is in the fuel tank (11 - 14V) F
EC-1191
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011PF
LHD MODELS
TBWA0590E
EC-1192
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0591E
EC-1193
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011PG
PBIB1944E
6. Soak fuel level switch in fuel and check operating sound of fuel
transport pump.
Operating sound should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB2015E
EC-1194
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL TRASPORT PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel transport pump relay. EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
E
PBIB1933E
PBIB0471E
I
5. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND M
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel transport pump harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel transport pump relay ter-
minal 3 and fuel transport pump terminal 1 and between fuel
transport pump terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1931E
EC-1195
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connector B22, B128
● Harness for open or short between fuel transport pump relay and fuel transport pump
● Harness for open or short between fuel transport pump and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 39 and fuel transport pump relay terminal 2. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1196
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SWITCH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect sub fuel level sensor unit harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and sub
fuel level sensor unit terminal 2, between sub fuel level sensor
unit terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C
PBIB0098E
EC-1197
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
1. Remove fuel transport pump.
2. Apply battery voltage between fuel transport pump terminal 1 and 2.
3. Check operating sound of fuel transport pump under the following conditions.
Conditions Operating sound
12V direct current supply between fuel transport pump
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No
4. Listen fuel transport pump operating sound.
FUEL LEVEL SWITCH
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
2. Check continuity between sub fuel level sensor unit terminal 2
and 4 under the following conditions.
Conditions Continuity
Fuel level switch is soaked in fuel. Yes
Fuel level switch is not soaked in fuel. No
PBIB2015E
EC-1198
START SIGNAL
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750
A
Wiring Diagram EBS011GG
EC
TBWA0582E
EC-1199
START SIGNAL
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011GH
PBIB0433E
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
Ignition switch ON Approximately 0V
Ignition switch START Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1949E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1200
START SIGNAL
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-936, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC-1201
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
LHD MODELS
TBWA0585E
EC-1202
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0586E
EC-1203
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[YD (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00100
Engine YD22DDTi
Idle speed 725 ± 25 rpm
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
EC-1204
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024
A
Alphabetical Index EBS011WP
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the “Type approval number” on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-44, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" . EC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1268, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . C
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
Items
DTC* MI lighting up Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
D
APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT P0122 — EC-1297
APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT P0123 — EC-1297
APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT P0222 — EC-1332 E
APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT P0223 — EC-1332
APP SENSOR P2135 — EC-1437
F
BARO SEN/CIRC P2228 — EC-1455
BARO SEN/CIRC P2229 — EC-1455
BATTERY VOLTAGE P0563 — EC-1376 G
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 — EC-1268
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 × EC-1351
CKP SENSOR P0336 × EC-1357
H
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 × EC-1363
CMP SENSOR P0341 × EC-1369
I
CMP/CKP RELATION P0016 — EC-1271
CYL1 INJECTOR P0201 — EC-1314
CYL2 INJECTOR P0202 — EC-1314 J
CYL3 INJECTOR P0203 — EC-1314
CYL4 INJECTOR P0204 — EC-1314
K
ECM P0605 × EC-1378
ECM P0606 × EC-1380
ECM RELAY P0686 — EC-1399 L
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 — EC-1291
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 — EC-1291
M
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 × EC-1320
FRP RELIEF VALVE P1272 — EC-1416
FRP SEN/CIRC P0192 — EC-1307
FRP SEN/CIRC P0193 — EC-1307
FUEL LEAK P0093 × EC-1277
FUEL PUMP P0089 — EC-1275
FUEL PUMP P1273 — EC-1422
FUEL PUMP P1274 × EC-1427
FUEL PUMP P1275 × EC-1432
FUEL PUMP/CIRC P0628 × EC-1382
FUEL PUMP/CIRC P0629 × EC-1382
FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0182 — EC-1303
FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0183 — EC-1303
EC-1205
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Items
DTC* MI lighting up Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
HIGH FUEL PRESS P0088 × EC-1273
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 — EC-1286
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 — EC-1286
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 P1260 — EC-1404
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 P1261 — EC-1404
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 P1262 — EC-1404
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 P1263 — EC-1404
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 P1264 — EC-1404
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 P1265 — EC-1404
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 P1266 — EC-1404
INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 P1267 — EC-1404
INJ PWR/CIRC P2146 × EC-1443
INJ PWR/CIRC P2149 × EC-1443
INJECTOR P0200 × EC-1313
INJECTOR/CIRC P2147 × EC-1448
INJECTOR/CIRC P2148 × EC-1448
INJECTOR 1 P1268 — EC-1410
INJECTOR 2 P1269 — EC-1410
INJECTOR 3 P1270 — EC-1410
INJECTOR 4 P1271 — EC-1410
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 — EC-1280
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 — EC-1280
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1617 — EC-1224
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0642 — EC-1387
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0643 — EC-1387
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0652 — EC-1393
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0653 — EC-1393
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0237 — EC-1345
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0238 — EC-1345
TC SYSTEM P0234 — EC-1338
TCS/CIRC P1212 × EC-1403
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 × EC-1402
*: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the “Type approval number” on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-44, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1268, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
EC-1206
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
Items A
DTC* MI lighting up Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen item)
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — EC-1268
NO DTC IS DETECTED. EC
P0000 FURTHER TESTING — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0016 CMP/CKP RELATION — EC-1271 C
P0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS × EC-1273
P0089 FUEL PUMP — EC-1275
D
P0093 FUEL LEAK × EC-1277
P0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-1280
P0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-1280 E
P0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-1286
P0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-1286
P0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-1291
F
EC-1207
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Items
DTC* MI lighting up Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen item)
P0653 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 — EC-1393
P0686 ECM RELAY — EC-1399
P1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN — EC-1402
P1212 TCS/CIRC — EC-1403
P1260 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 — EC-1404
P1261 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC1 — EC-1404
P1262 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 — EC-1404
P1263 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC2 — EC-1404
P1264 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 — EC-1404
P1265 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC3 — EC-1404
P1266 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 — EC-1404
P1267 INJ ADJ RES/CIRC4 — EC-1404
P1268 INJECTOR 1 — EC-1410
P1269 INJECTOR 2 — EC-1410
P1270 INJECTOR 3 — EC-1410
P1271 INJECTOR 4 — EC-1410
P1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE — EC-1416
P1273 FUEL PUMP — EC-1422
P1274 FUEL PUMP × EC-1427
P1275 FUEL PUMP × EC-1432
P1610 - P1617 NATS MALFUNTION — EC-1224
P2135 APP SENSOR — EC-1437
P2146 INJ PWR/CIRC × EC-1443
P2147 INJECTOR/CIRC × EC-1448
P2148 INJECTOR/CIRC × EC-1448
P2149 INJ PWR/CIRC × EC-1443
P2228 BARO SEN/CIRC — EC-1455
P2229 BARO SEN/CIRC — EC-1455
*: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
EC-1208
PRECAUTIONS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS011WR
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. C
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors. F
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EBS011WS
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of G
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair H
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MI to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, I
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-70, "HAR- J
NESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit. K
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM L
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions EBS011WT
M
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
EC-1209
PRECAUTIONS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● Do not disassemble ECM.
MBIB0625E
PBIB1512E
EC-1210
PRECAUTIONS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. A
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
EC
SAT652J
D
● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
E
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as F
the ground.
● Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action. G
● Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector.
H
SEF348N
K
● Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring.
● Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily. L
● Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
EC-1212
PREPARATION
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools EBS011WV
Tool number
Description
Tool name EC
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and
Radiator cap tester radiator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia. C
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
D
S-NT564
S-NT825
S-NT826
I
Commercial Service Tools EBS011WW
S-NT705
L
EC-1213
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
PBIB2018E
EC-1214
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS011WY
EC
PBIB2019E
EC-1215
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS011WZ
● Crankshaft position sensor EGR volume control EGR volume control valve
● Camshaft position sensor Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay
● Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost control solenoid
Turbocharger boost control
● Vehicle speed sensor*1 valve
● ESP/TCS/ABS control unit*1 Fuel transport pump control Fuel transport pump relay
● Ignition switch
● Stop lamp switch
● Air conditioner switch*1
● Park/neutral position switch Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Battery voltage
● Fuel level switch
● Power steering pressure switch
*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to
preset value.
START CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Camshaft position sensor Piston position control (start
Fuel pump
control)
Ignition switch Start signal
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine
coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better startability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.
SEF648S
EC-1216
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IDLE CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart A
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
EC
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Battery Battery voltage
Fuel injection
Fuel injector C
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control (Idle
Fuel pump
control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed
D
Air conditioner switch* Air conditioner signal
*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle E
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the
engine coolant temperature signal. F
NORMAL CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
G
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position control (Nor- H
Fuel pump
mal control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur-
ing a system failure.
EC-1217
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DECELERATION CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Fuel injector
control (Decel-
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
eration control)
The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel effi-
ciency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position
sensor and crankshaft position sensor.
Fuel Injection Timing Control System EBS011X1
DESCRIPTION
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals
accordance with the map.
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS011X2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) EBS011X3
If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will
be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-1216, "Fuel Injection Control Sys-
tem" .
EC-1218
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Crankcase Ventilation System EBS011X4
DESCRIPTION A
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
EC
G
PBIB0590E
INSPECTION
H
Ventilation Hose
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. I
SEC692
EC-1219
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAN COMMUNICATION UNIT
System diagram
PKIA6459E
EC-1220
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
A
Fuel Filter EBS011X6
DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side. EC
AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump to bleed air.
● When air is bled completely, the pumping of the priming pump C
suddenly becomes heavy. Stop the operation at that time.
● If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump
(the pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy), dis- D
connect the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel
gallery. Then, perform the operation described above, and make
sure that fuel comes out. (Use a pan, etc. so as not to spill fuel. E
Do not let fuel get on engine and other parts.) After that, connect
the hose, then bleed air again.
● Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute after performing PBIB1932E
air bleeding. F
WATER DRAINING
1. Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows. G
a. Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the
vacuum pump and vacuum pipe).
CAUTION: H
After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from
getting into the engine during the operation.
b. Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector I
assembly from the dash panel.
● It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose.
DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operating to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
It must be performed after the fuel pump is changed. When the ECM is replaced with brand new one, the Fuel
Pump Learning Value Clearing is not necessary to be performed. If the ECM to be replaced has the possibility
of learning the characteristic value of fuel pump, the Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is necessary to be
performed after the ECM has been replaced.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Remove fuel pump without starting engine after performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.
EC-1221
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
MBIB0896E
MBIB0893E
MBIB0894E
EC-1222
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
A
DTC and MI Detection Logic EBS011X8
When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory.
The MI will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MI to light up, EC
refer to EC-1205, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) EBS011X9
M
PBIB2452E
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Freeze Frame Data EBS011XA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine
speed, vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For
details, see EC-1253 .
Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory
and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clear-
ing the ECM memory are described in EC-1223, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
EC-1223
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS011XB
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
● If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-33, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-1498 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SAT652J
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a mal-
WARNING function, the MI will light up to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected.
EC-1224
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Relationship Between MI, DTC, CONSULT-II and Driving Patterns
A
EC
MBIB0622E
*1: When a malfunction is detected, MI *2: MI will not light up after ignition *3: When a malfunction is detected for
will light up. switch is turned OFF. the first time, the DTC will be stored
in ECM.
*4: Other screens except SELF-DIAG- *5: The DTC will not be displayed any
NOSTIC RESULTS & DATA MONI- longer after vehicle is driven 40 times
TOR (AUTO TRIG) cannot display (Driving pattern A) without the same
the malfunction. DATA MONITOR malfunction. (The DTC still remain in
(AUTO TRIG) can display the mal- ECM.)
function at the moment it is detected.
EC-1225
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Driving Pattern A
MBIB0923E
● The counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after the counter reaches 40.
EC-1226
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS011XD
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec- EC
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions C
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
E
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the EC-1228, "WORK FLOW" . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This L
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
M
EC-1227
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
PBIB0477E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than “0”, per- form EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAG- cannot be performed, check main
form EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAG- NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-1261, "MAIN POWER
INCIDENT" . SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be
detected, perform EC-1260, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-1228
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
EC-1229, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the DTC and the freeze frame
data, then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III
& IV. Refer to EC-1223 .
STEP II
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The
Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. Refer toEC-1235 ) Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
D
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to
STEP III the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V. E
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and the
freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode
and check real time diagnosis results. F
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC can-
not be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
G
The “NG” result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
STEP V H
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-1231 . Then perform inspections according to the
Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-1235 .
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts. I
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1245 or EC-1257 . J
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-23, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “Circuit Inspection”.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
K
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and L
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is still
STEP VII
detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to M
EC-1223 .)
SEF907L
EC-1229
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0533
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1268, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
EC-1230
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
A
1 ● U1000 CAN communication line
● P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
● P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor EC
● P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor C
● P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor
● P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
● P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor D
● P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
● P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
● P0563 Battery voltage E
● P0605 P0606 ECM
● P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
● P1260 - P1267 Fuel injector adjustment resistor
F
● P1610 - P1617 NATS
● P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
G
2 ● P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
● P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
● P0686 ECM relay H
● P1212 TCS communication line
3 ● P0088 P0093 Fuel system
● P0217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) I
● P0234 Turbocharger system
● P1211 TCS control unit
J
Basic Inspection EBS011XF
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied; K
● Headlamp switch is OFF.
● On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps. L
● Air conditioner switch is OFF.
● Rear defogger switch is OFF.
● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. M
EC-1231
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-7, "PERIODIC MAINTENANCE" .
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
>> GO TO 2.
SEF142I
>> GO TO 3.
SEF817Y
EC-1232
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM A
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-1221, "AIR BLEEDING" .
EC
>> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle. D
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.
E
725±25 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END F
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF817Y
H
7. DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-1221, "WATER DRAINING" . I
>> GO TO 8.
J
8. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-II
K
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed. L
725±25 rpm
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
SEF817Y
EC-1233
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF817Y
EC-1234
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS011XG
A
SYMPTOM
Reference page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER
POOR ACCELERATION
HI IDLE
LOW IDLE
EC
AT IDLE
DURING DRIVING
WHEN DECELERATING
F
J
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 —
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 EC-1314 K
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1457
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 EM-208
L
Fuel transport pump 2 2 2 EC-1487
EGR system 3 3 EC-1465
Air cleaner and duct 3 3 EM-133 M
Fuel rail pressure relief valve EC-1277
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1382
ENGINE CONTROL
EC-1235
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
Reference page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
KNOCK/DETONATION
LACK OF POWER
POOR ACCELERATION
HI IDLE
LOW IDLE
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system
NO START (with first firing)
AT IDLE
DURING DRIVING
WHEN DECELERATING
EC-1236
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
Reference page
A
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
E
EC-1237
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
Reference page
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-1351
ENGINE CONTROL
EC-1238
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS011XH
EC
PBIB1888E
EC-1239
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1938E
EC-1240
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB1939E
EC-1241
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1940E
EC-1242
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS011XI
EC
TBWA0561E
EC-1243
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0562E
EC-1244
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS011XJ
EC
MBIB0045E D
PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F
H
PBIB1899E
PBIB1512E
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: M
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
1 B [Engine is running]
2 B ECM ground Approximately 0V
3 B ● Idle speed
EC-1245
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0889E
Turbocharger boost control
6 L
solenoid valve
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0890E
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
EC-1246
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Air conditioner switch is OFF (11 - 14V) EC
19 L Air conditioner relay [Engine is running]
● Both air conditioner switch and blower fan Approximately 0.1V
switch are ON (Compressor is operating) C
0 - 9V
[Engine is running] D
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
E
21 G/R Fuel injector No. 2
MBIB0881E
22 GY/L Fuel injector No. 2
23 G/R Fuel injector No. 3
0 - 9V F
24 GY/L Fuel injector No. 3
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
G
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E H
0.1 - 14V
25 GY [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
26 W/L
EGR volume control valve ● Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 OR/B
trol position of EGR volume
I
28 GY/B ● Idle speed
control valve.)
0.5 - 1.0V
J
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
K
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump L
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running] M
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
34 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High) ● Cooling fan is operating at low speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
● Cooling fan is operating at high speed
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
36 LG Cooling fan relay (Low) ● Cooling fan is operating at high speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
● Cooling fan is operating at low speed
EC-1247
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
37 W/R Glow relay Refer to EC-1457, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Some fuel is in the fuel tank
39 B/OR Fuel transport pump relay
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● No fuel is in the fuel tank (11 - 14V)
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0879E
46 L Crankshaft position sensor
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0880E
EC-1248
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 6V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
MBIB0877E
47 G/R Camshaft position sensor D
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
MBIB0878E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V G
48 Y/R ● Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor
49 R [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 2.0 - 2.3V H
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
EC-1249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Fuel rail pressure sensor
63 W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
power supply
Turbocharger boost sensor
64 W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
power supply
Crankshaft position sen-
65 L/R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sor ground
Camshaft position sensor
66 G/Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Sensor ground
67 — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
(Sensors shield circuit)
Fuel rail pressure sensor
68 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Fuel pump temperature
69 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor ground
Engine coolant tempera-
70 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ture sensor ground
Turbocharger boost sensor
71 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Mass air flow sensor
73 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Intake air temperature sen-
74 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sor ground
Fuel injector adjustment
78 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
resistor ground
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Approximately 2.0 - 2.6V
87 GY/R CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V - Battery volt-
89 LG Data link connector
● CONSULT-II is disconnected. age (11 - 14V)
EC-1250
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground EC
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
95 G/R CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
C
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
99 B/Y Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14V)
D
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
100 P Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE E
● Brake pedal: Depressed (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTCs and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
EC-1251
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode Function
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
monitor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under the driver side dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
MBIB0156E
PBIB2276E
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-35, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit"
SEF995X
EC-1252
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure. A
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
EC
PBIB2453E
D
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAG RESULTS E
Item DATA MON-
FREEZE ACTIVE
ITOR
DTC FRAME TEST
DATA
F
Crankshaft position sensor × × ×
Camshaft position sensor ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × G
Vehicle speed sensor × × ×
Fuel pump temperature sensor × ×
H
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to EC-1205, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE ● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”.
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-1205, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-1253
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Freeze frame data item Description
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] ● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] ● The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-1254
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM MAIN
MONITOR ITEM INPUT SIG- CONDITION SPECIFICATION A
SIGNAL NALS
● Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fans (determined by ECM EC
COOLING FAN according to the input signal).
×
[LOW/HI/OFF] LOW ... Operates at low speed.
HI ... Operates at high speed.
OFF ... Stopped C
● Indicates the EGR volume control value
computed by the ECM according to the
EGR VOL CON/V [step] × input signals. D
● The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
● The intake air volume computed from the E
INT/A VOLUME [mg/]
mass air flow sensor signal is displayed.
● The barometric pressure (determined by
the signal voltage from the absolute pres- F
BARO SEN [kPa] × ×
sure sensor built into the ECM) is dis-
played.
● Turbocharger boost (determined by the G
INT/M PRES SE [kPa] signal voltage from the turbocharger
boost sensor) is displayed.
● The cylinder being injected is displayed.
H
1 ... Cylinder No.1 is injected.
CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4] 2 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected.
3 ... Cylinder No.3 is injected.
4 ... Cylinder No.4 is injected. I
Voltage [V]
Only “#” is displayed if item is
Frequency [msec], [Hz] or unable to be measured.
[%] Figures with “#”s are temporary J
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse ones.
width measured by the probe. They are the same figures as an
DUTY-LOW actual piece of data which was
just previously measured. [Hz] or
K
PLS WIDTH-HI
[%]
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE: L
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-1255
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating ● Harness and connector
GLOW RLY ● Turn the glow relay ON and OFF sound. ● Glow relay
using CONSULT-II and listen to
operating sound.
● Ignition switch: ON
EGR VOL CONT/ ● Change EGR volume control EGR volume control valve makes ● Harness and connector
V valve opening step using CON- an operating sound. ● EGR volume control valve
SULT-II.
● Ignition switch: ON
PRES REGULA- ● Fuel line
● Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR ● Fuel pressure relief valve
CONSULT-II
PUMP LEANT ● This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-1221, "Fuel Pump Learning
CLEAR Value Clearing" .
*:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
EC-1256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
– If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further A
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
EC
SEF720X
FUNCTION TEST J
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011XN
K
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. L
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer Almost the same speed as the
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
indication. tachometer indication
M
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speed- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
ometer indication speedometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN ● Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
EC-1257
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever: Neutral position ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Except above OFF
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Steering wheel is in neutral posi-
● Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL tion. (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
IGN SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
● Engine: After warming up Idle 20 - 30 MPa
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
ACT CR PRESS
● Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 45 - 55 MPa
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up No-load 0.68 - 0.78 msec
MAIN INJ WID ● Shift lever: Neutral position Blower fan switch: ON
0.78 - 0.88 msec
● Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-1457, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1,700 - 1,900 mA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
● Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 1,600 - 1,800 mA
● No-load
● When cooling fan is stopped. OFF
COOLING FAN ● When cooling fans operate at low speed. LOW
● When cooling fans operate at high speed. HI
● Engine: After warming up After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
EGR VOL CON/V Revving engine from idle to 3,600
● Shift lever: Neutral position 0 step
rpm
● No-load
INT/A VOLUME ● Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/st
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100 kPa
● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,800 rpm Approx. 126 kPa
INT/M PRES SE [kPa]
● Shift lever: Neutral position
4,000 rpm Approx. 106 kPa
● No-load
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2 , 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2 ,
BARO SEN ● Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2 ,
12.06 psi)
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2 ,
11.36 psi)
CYL COUNT ● Engine is running 1→3→4→2
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*: These signals are converted by ECM internally. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals voltage.
EC-1258
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS011XO
A
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
ACCEL POS SEN, “CKPS·RPM (TDC)”, “MAS AIR/FL SE”
Below is the data for “ACCEL POS SEN”, “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” and “MAS AIR/FL SE” when revving engine EC
quickly up to 3,000 rpm under no load after warming up engine to the normal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
C
SEF321Y
EC-1259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
Description EBS011XP
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor
electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear.
Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific mal-
functioning area.
COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1. INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-1223, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1260
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
A
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS011XR
Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: EC
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- C
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
1 B [Engine is running] D
2 B ECM ground Approximately 0V
3 B ● Idle speed
EC-1261
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011XS
TBWA0563E
EC-1262
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011XT
1. INSPECTION START A
Start engine.
Is engine running? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 2. C
MBIB0610E
EC-1263
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0V.
MBIB0611E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more then a few seconds)>>GO TO 8.
PBIB1899E
PBIB1886E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1264
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram. EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and ECM relay terminal 5, ECM terminal 120 and
ECM relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11. J
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. K
● Harness connectors F30, M63
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ECM relay.
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1265
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.
MBIB0026E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
OFF No
3. If NG, replace ECM relay.
PBIB0077E
EC-1266
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Ground Inspection EBS011XV
A
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti- EC
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: C
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact. D
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the E
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution” in PG section. F
PBIB1870E L
EC-1267
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
Description EBS011XW
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011XX
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1270, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1268
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011XZ
EC
TBWA0564E
EC-1269
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011Y0
EC-1270
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION PFP:10328
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011Y1
NOTE:
E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. G
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1271, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
H
SEF817Y
2. CHECK SPROCKET
M
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket.
EC-1271
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
EC-1272
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM PFP:17520
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011Y4
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
EC
● Fuel pump
Fuel pressure is too much higher than the speci-
P0088 Fuel rail pressure too high ● Fuel injector
fied value.
● Fuel rail pressure sensor
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011Y5
NOTE: D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 sec- F
onds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1273, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . G
SEF817Y
EC-1273
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1274
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011Y8
NOTE: E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. G
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1275, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
H
SEF817Y
J
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011YA
EC-1275
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1312, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1276
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM PFP:17520
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011YC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Fuel pump EC
● Fuel rail
ECM detects a fuel system leak. ● Fuel pipe
(The relation between the output voltage to the C
P0093 Fuel system leak ● Fuel rail pressure relief valve
fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) ● Air mixed with fuel
● Lack of fuel
D
● Fuel transport pump operation
E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
3. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1277, "Diagnostic Proce- H
dure" .
SEF817Y J
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011YE
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-1221, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-1277, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
7. Is DTC detected again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-1277
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK
1. Start engine.
2. Visually check the following for fuel leak.
– Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail
– Fuel rail
– Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector
3. Also check for improper connection or pinches.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.
PBIB1941E
EC-1278
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with
CONSULT-II. A
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 160 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on
the CONSULT-II screen. EC
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve.
WARNING: C
● Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount PBIB0587E
insulator clear of fuel. D
● If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.
FUEL RAIL E
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
FUEL PUMP
F
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1279
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIB1604E
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.3V
● Idle speed
54 W Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 2.5 - 3.0V
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
Sensor ground
67 — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
(Sensors shield circuit)
Mass air flow sensor
73 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-1280
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
EC
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1263, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
C
SEF817Y
EC-1281
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011YL
TBWA0565E
EC-1282
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011YM
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1283
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1891E
PBIB1168E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1284
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-1285, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
F
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G
EC-1285
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIB1604E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.73 7.9 - 9.3
25 (77) 3.62 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 1.53 0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 55
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: SEF012P
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1288, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1286
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011YS
EC
TBWA0587E
EC-1287
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011YT
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1288
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1891E
PBIB1169E H
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 74. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1290, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
EC-1289
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011YU
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
PBIB1604E
SEF012P
EC-1290
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Description EBS011YW
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) F
ture °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine H
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011YX
J
The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
K
Engine coolant tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0117 ture sensor circuit low ● Harness or connectors
sent to ECM.
input (The sensor circuit is open or
Engine coolant tempera- shorted.) L
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0118 ture sensor circuit high ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
input
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011YY
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1291
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1294, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1292
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011YZ
EC
TBWA0566E
EC-1293
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011Z0
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1294
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1892E
PBIB0152E H
EC-1295
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS011Z1
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
EC-1296
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Description EBS011Z3
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011Z4
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
K
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
L
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1297
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1300, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1298
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011Z8
EC
TBWA0567E
EC-1299
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011Z9
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1300
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1893E
PBIB0914E H
4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1301
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1302
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR PFP:16700
A
Description EBS011ZC
Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel
pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011ZD
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: E
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- F
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Approximately 0.3 - 5.3V
Fuel pump temperature [Engine is running] G
50 PU Output voltage varies with fuel
sensor ● Warm-up condition pump temperature
Fuel pump temperature
69 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V H
sensor ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1305, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1303
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011ZH
TBWA0572E
EC-1304
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011ZI
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1305
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1942E
PBIB0420E
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1306
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR PFP:16638
A
Description EBS011ZK
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. EC
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throttling device. The ECM uses the signal from
fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS011ZL C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR CONDITION SPECIFICATOIN
D
● Engine: After warming up Idle 20 - 30 MPa
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
ACT CR PRESS
● Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 45 - 55 MPa E
● No-load
EC-1307
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS011ZO
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1310, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1308
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS011ZP
EC
TBWA0568E
EC-1309
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS011ZQ
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1310
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1894E
PBIB0405E H
3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J
4. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
EC-1311
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1312
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS011ZT
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the EC
P0200 ● ECM
circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
H
SEF817Y
1. INSPECTION START I
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
K
4. Perform EC-1313, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0200 displayed again?
Yes or No L
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM M
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1224,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-1221, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1313
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
PBIB0465E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1314
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
MBIB0882E
0 - 9V
G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed H
40 G/R Fuel injector No. 4
MBIB0881E
41 GY/L Fuel injector No. 4
42 G/R Fuel injector No. 1
0 - 9V
I
43 GY/L Fuel injector No. 1
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition J
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1315
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01200
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1318, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1316
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01201
EC
TBWA0569E
EC-1317
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01202
1. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
P0201 4 3 No.1
P0202 5 3 No.2 PBIB1896E
P0203 5 3 No.3
P0204 4 3 No.4
2. CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
P0201 42, 43 4 No.1
P0202 21, 22 4 No.2
P0203 23, 24 4 No.3
P0204 40, 41 4 No.4
EC-1318
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II A
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-1316, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is another DTC displayed? D
Yes or No
>> Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
E
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS01203 G
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector.
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure. H
Continuity should exist.
3. If NG, replace fuel injector. I
PBIB0406E K
Removal and Installation EBS01204
FUEL INJECTOR
L
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1319
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:21481
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air condi-
tioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
SEF421Z
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
34 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High) ● Cooling fan is operating at low speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
● Cooling fan is operating at high speed
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
36 LG Cooling fan relay (Low) ● Cooling fan is operating at high speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
● Cooling fan is operating at low speed
EC-1320
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01208
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
EC
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- shorted.)
heat). ● Cooling fan
● Cooling fan system does not operate properly ● Radiator hose
Engine over temperature (Overheat). C
P0217 ● Radiator
(Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system
● Radiator cap
using the proper filling method.
● Water pump D
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
range. ● Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-1330,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" . E
Overall Function Check EBS01209
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
F
firmed.
WARNING:
● Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. G
● Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. I
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1323,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
J
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1323,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
SEF621W
L
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-1323, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
M
SEF111X
EC-1321
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0120A
TBWA0573E
EC-1322
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0120B
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays -2 and -3.
E
PBIB1935E
I
SEF784Z
SEF785Z
EC-1323
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SLC754A
SLC755A
EC-1324
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly. EC
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
C
80 - 84 °C (176 - 183 °F)
Valve lift:
More than 10 mm/95 °C (0.39 in/203 °F) D
4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-44, "THERMOSTAT AND
WATER PIPING" . E
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace thermostat. F
EC-1325
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1935E
PBIB0422E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1326
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector. EC
3. Check harness continuity between the following.
– Cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1
– Cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1 C
– Cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and ground
– Cooling fan motor-2 terminal 4 and ground
D
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
PBIB1895E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
G
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 36.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
J
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. K
● Harness connectors E64, F5
● Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1327
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
PBIB1935E
PBIB0251E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1328
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector. EC
3. Check harness continuity between the following.
– Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2
– Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3 C
– Cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. PBIB1895E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2 and ECM terminal 34, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2 and ECM terminal 34. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
L
NG >> GO TO 5.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1329
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
Refer to EC-1331, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-44, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT AND WATER PIP-
ING" , and CO-34,
"RADIATOR" .
OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-31, "LEVEL
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- SeeEM-196, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" .
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-212, "CYLIN-
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-27, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
EC-1330
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0120D
D
SEF745U
EC-1331
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
Description EBS0120E
PBIB1741E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1332
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V EC
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V C
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V D
sensor 2 ground
NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
J
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1335, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
SEF817Y
M
EC-1333
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0120J
TBWA0729E
EC-1334
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0120K
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1335
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1893E
PBIB0915E
4. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1336
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL H
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1337
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM PFP:14411
Description EBS0120N
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.
MBIB0626E
PBIB1897E
Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0889E
Turbocharger boost control
6 L
solenoid valve
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0890E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1338
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0120P
A
The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Turbocharger EC
Turbocharger overboost ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure ● Vacuum pump
P0234
condition is excessively high. ● Turbocharger boost sensor
● Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve C
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be D
confirmed.
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator rod moves slightly E
when engine is started.
3. If NG, go to EC-1341, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F
PBIB1936E H
EC-1339
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0120R
TBWA0588E
EC-1340
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0120S
PBIB1937E
F
2. CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1215, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.
I
SEF109L
EC-1341
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1897E
PBIB1945E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve termi-
nals 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1342
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK VACUUM PUMP A
Refer to EM-153, "VACUUM PUMP" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. EC
NG >> Replace vacuum pump assembly.
G
MBIB1022E
PBIB1897E
EC-1343
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control sole-
noid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
CONDITIONS
between A and B between A and C
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
EC-1344
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR PFP:22365
A
Component Description EBS0120U
MBIB0614E
H
MBIB0899E
EC-1345
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0120X
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1348, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1346
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0120Z
EC
TBWA0589E
EC-1347
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01210
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1348
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1898E
MBIB0072E H
3. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 71.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J
4. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 52 and turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
EC-1349
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
4. Check the output voltage between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2 and body ground.
Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure) Voltage V
0 kPa (0 mbar, 0 mmHg, 0 inHg) Approximately 2.3V
+40 kPa (400 mbar, 300mmHg, 11.81 inHg) Approximately 2.9V
MBIB0925E
EC-1350
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Description EBS01213
MBIB0619E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01214
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
I
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Crankshaft position sen- J
44 L/W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sor power supply
0 - 6V
K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed L
MBIB0879E
46 L Crankshaft position sensor
0 - 6V M
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0880E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1351
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01216
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position sen- Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect (The sensor circuit is open or
P0335 shorted.)
sor circuit by the ECM when engine is running.
● Crankshaft position sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position
for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1354, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1352
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01218
EC
TBWA0570E
EC-1353
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01219
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1354
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1889E
PBIB0405E
H
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1355
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
MBIB0864E
MBIB1009E
EC-1356
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Description EBS0121C
MBIB0619E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0121D
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. H
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION J
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Crankshaft position sen-
44 L/W [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sor power supply
K
0 - 6V
[Engine is running] L
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
M
MBIB0879E
46 L Crankshaft position sensor
0 - 6V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0880E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1357
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0121F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position sen- (The sensor circuit is open or
Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the shorted.)
P0336 sor circuit range/perfor-
normal pattern when engine is running.
mance ● Crankshaft position sensor
● Signal plate
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position
for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1362, "Component Inspec-
tion" .
SEF817Y
EC-1358
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0121H
EC
TBWA0570E
EC-1359
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0121I
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1360
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1889E
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1361
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
MBIB0864E
MBIB1009E
EC-1362
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Description EBS0121L
MBIB0618E
E
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0121M
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: F
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- G
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Camshaft position sensor
45 G/OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V H
power supply
0 - 6V
I
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed J
MBIB0877E
47 G/R Camshaft position sensor
0 - 6V K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition L
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0878E M
Camshaft position sensor
66 G/Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Sensor ground
67 — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
(Sensors shield circuit)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or
P0340 shorted.)
circuit the ECM when engine is running.
● Camshaft position sensor
EC-1363
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0121O
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position
for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1366, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1364
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0121P
EC
TBWA0571E
EC-1365
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0121Q
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1366
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1890E
MBIB1010E
H
EC-1367
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
MBIB0647E
MBIB1009E
EC-1368
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Description EBS0121T
MBIB0618E
E
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0121U
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: F
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- G
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Camshaft position sensor
45 G/OR [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V H
power supply
0 - 6V
I
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed J
MBIB0877E
47 G/R Camshaft position sensor
0 - 6V K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition L
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0878E M
Camshaft position sensor
66 G/Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
ground
Sensor ground
67 — [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
(Sensors shield circuit)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness connectors
(The sensor circuit is opener
Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the nor- shorted.)
P0341
circuit range/performance mal pattern when engine is running.
● Camshaft position sensor
● Signal plate
EC-1369
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0121W
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position
for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1372, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1370
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0121X
EC
TBWA0571E
EC-1371
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0121Y
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1372
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
D
PBIB1890E
MBIB1010E
H
EC-1373
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXHAUST)
Check the following.
● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
● Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
MBIB0990E
EC-1374
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0121Z
MBIB0647E
F
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
Terminal No. (Polarity) ResistanceΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-) G
Except 0
1 (+) - 3 (-)
2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
H
6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.
I
MBIB1009E
EC-1375
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE PFP:24410
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1376, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
1. INSPECTION START
Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-1376
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION A
Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.
EC
SEF439Z
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly.
F
4. CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER
Check that the battery for the booster is a 12V battery.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Change the vehicle for booster. H
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
Perform EC-1376, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. J
6. REPLACE ECM
K
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1224,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
L
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-1221, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1377
DTC P0605 ECM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
Description EBS01224
MBIB0625E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine control module
P0605 ECM ROM is malfunctioning. ● ECM
(ROM)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1378, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1378, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-1378
DTC P0605 ECM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1224,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . EC
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-1221, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1379
DTC P0606 ECM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0606 ECM PFP:23710
Description EBS01228
MBIB0625E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Engine control module
P0606 ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
(Processor)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1380, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1380, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P0606 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-1380
DTC P0606 ECM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1224,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . EC
3. Perform “Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing”. Refer to EC-1221, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1381
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
Description EBS0122C
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0122D
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1382
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0122F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is ● Harness or connectors
EC
P0628
low input open or short to ground. (The fuel pump circuit is open or
Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is shorted.)
P0629
high output short to power. ● Fuel pump C
NOTE: D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
F
3. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1385, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
G
SEF817Y
I
EC-1383
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0122H
TBWA0574E
EC-1384
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0122I
PBIB1943E
E
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1. I
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
J
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1385
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0122J
FUEL PUMP
1. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF807Z
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1386
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:18002
A
Description EBS0122L
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0122M
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
K
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
L
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1387
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1390, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1388
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0122Q
EC
TBWA0731E
EC-1389
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0122R
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1390
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1893E
PBIB0914E H
EC-1391
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS0122T
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1392
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:18002
A
Description EBS0122U
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0122V
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
K
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
L
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1393
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1396, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1394
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0122Z
EC
TBWA0732E
EC-1395
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01230
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1396
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1893E
PBIB0915E H
EC-1397
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS01232
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1398
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY PFP:25230
A
ECM Terminals and Reference valve EBS01233
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION EC
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.2V C
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
105 G ECM relay (self-shutoff) switch OFF
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE D
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch ON] E
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.2V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
113 G ECM relay (self-shutoff) switch OFF
F
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
G
119 Y BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 R (11 - 14V)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at K
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
2. Wait at least 30 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1401, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1399
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01236
TBWA0576E
EC-1400
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01237
PBIB0077E
EC-1401
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT PFP:47850
Description EBS01239
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ESP/
TCS/ABS control unit to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0123A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1402, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
Go to BRC-58, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models with ESP system) or BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(model without ESP system).
EC-1402
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
A
Description EBS0123D
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC
EC-1268, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but C
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0123E
D
The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
E
(The CAN communication line is
ECM can not receive the information from ESP/ open or shorted.)
P1212 TCS communication line
TCS/ABS control unit continuously.
● ESP/TCS/ABS control unit F
● Dead (Weak) battery
L
SEF817Y
Refer to BRC-58, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (Models with ESP system) or BRC-11, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS"
(Models without ESP system).
EC-1403
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR PFP:16600
Description EBS0123H
The fuel injector adjustment resistor is built into the fuel injector. The resistance is constant and individual.
ECM uses the individual resistance to determine the fuel injection pulse.
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0123I
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
Fuel injector adjustment
59 W/B
resistor No. 1
Fuel injector adjustment 0.5 - 5.1V
60 Y/B
resistor No. 3 (There are individual differences
[Ignition switch ON]
Fuel injector adjustment between fuel injector adjustment
61 G/B
resistor No. 4 resistors.)
Fuel injector adjustment
62 R/B
resistor No. 2
Fuel injector adjustment
78 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
resistor ground
EC-1404
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0123K
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1407, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . D
SEF817Y F
EC-1405
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0123L
TBWA0575E
EC-1406
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0123M
J
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1407
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector of malfunctioning
cylinder.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1896E
MBIB0186E
EC-1408
DTC P1260 - P1267 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist. A
PBIB0415E
D
Removal and Installation EBS0123O
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" . E
EC-1409
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake cylinder.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIB0465E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1410
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
MBIB0882E
0 - 9V
G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed H
40 G/R Fuel injector No. 4
MBIB0881E
41 GY/L Fuel injector No. 4
42 G/R Fuel injector No. 1
0 - 9V
I
43 GY/L Fuel injector No. 1
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition J
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1411
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01271
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1414, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least
60 seconds.
CKPS·RPM 700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)
COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)
PBIB2156E
Shift lever Suitable position
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1414, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1412
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01272
EC
TBWA0569E
EC-1413
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01273
1. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
P1268 4 3 No.1
P1269 5 3 No.2 PBIB1896E
P1270 5 3 No.3
P1271 4 3 No.4
EC-1414
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II A
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. EC
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform EC-1412, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
8. Is another DTC displayed? D
Yes or No
>> If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
E
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS01274 G
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector.
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure. H
Continuity should exist.
3. If NG, replace fuel injector. I
PBIB0406E K
Removal and Installation EBS01275
FUEL INJECTOR
L
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1415
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
Description EBS0123R
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel
pressure relief valve opens to carry excess fuel to the return hose.
PBIB1900E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
EC-1416
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0.5 - 1.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump D
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
MBIB0888E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0123S
SEF817Y
EC-1417
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS012AW
TBWA0574E
EC-1418
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0123U
3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connectors. J
PBIB1943E
M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1419
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
FUEL PUMP
1. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF807Z
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1420
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" . A
EC
EC-1421
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
Description EBS0123X
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0123Y
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1422
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01240
NOTE:
E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 sec- G
onds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1425, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . H
SEF817Y
EC-1423
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01242
TBWA0574E
EC-1424
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01243
EC-1425
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1312, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
FUEL PUMP
1. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF807Z
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1426
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
A
Description EBS01246
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, EC
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01247 C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
D
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1,700 - 1,900 mA
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
● Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 1,600 - 1,800 mA E
● No-load
0 - 12.5V
I
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed J
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V K
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition L
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
M
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1427
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target shorted.)
P1274 Fuel pump protection
value.
● Fuel pump
● Fuel rail pressure sensor
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tuning ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1430, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1428
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0124B
EC
TBWA0574E
EC-1429
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0124C
EC-1430
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0124D
FUEL PUMP A
1. Check continuity between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
EC
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
D
SEF807Z
EC-1431
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP PFP:16700
Description EBS0124F
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0124G
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 Y/L Fuel pump power supply
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0886E
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
MBIB0887E
29 L Fuel pump
0.5 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0888E
EC-1432
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0124I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors
EC
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target shorted.)
P1275 Fuel pump exchange
value.
● Fuel pump C
● Fuel rail pressure sensor
I
SEF817Y
EC-1433
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0124K
TBWA0574E
EC-1434
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0124L
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
3. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1312, "Component Inspection" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel rail. K
EC-1435
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0124M
FUEL PUMP
1. Check continuity between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel pump.
SEF807Z
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-161, "FUEL PUMP" .
EC-1436
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Description EBS0124O
PBIB1741E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0124P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
K
Accelerator pedal position
82 B [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
L
● Engine stopped 0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
83 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
● Engine stopped 4.2 - 5.2V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
84 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
tion sensor shield circuit)
Accelerator pedal position
90 L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
sensor 2 power supply
EC-1437
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 0.4 - 0.7V
Accelerator pedal position ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released
91 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped 2.2 - 2.7V
● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
92 Y [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
sensor 2 ground
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then
release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1440, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1438
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0124T
EC
TBWA0730E
EC-1439
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0124U
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1440
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
D
PBIB1893E
PBIB0560E H
4. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 5, ECM terminal 91 and
APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1441
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1442
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS0124X
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- EC
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. C
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
D
PBIB0465E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0124Y
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO. J
5 - 10V
[Engine is running] K
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
L
Fuel injector power supply
4 W/B MBIB0883E
(For cylinder No. 1 and 4)
Fuel injector power supply
5 G/B 5 - 10V
(For cylinder No. 2 and 3) M
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1443
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0 - 9V
G/R
● Idle speed
MBIB0882E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P2146 injector power supply cir-
through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.
cuit open ● Harness or connectors
No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P2149 injector power supply cir-
through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.
cuit open
EC-1444
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01251
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1447, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
E
SEF817Y
EC-1445
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01252
TBWA0733E
EC-1446
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01253
4 3 No.4
F
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-1260, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . I
EC-1447
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake cylinder.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIB0465E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
5 - 10V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0884E
EC-1448
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0 - 9V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed C
[Engine is running]
E
● Warm-up condition
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F
MBIB0882E
0 - 9V
G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed H
40 G/R Fuel injector No. 4
MBIB0881E
41 GY/L Fuel injector No. 4
42 G/R Fuel injector No. 1
0 - 9V
I
43 GY/L Fuel injector No. 1
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition J
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
MBIB0882E
K
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injector circuit low ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to M
P2147
input ground. ● Harness or connectors
Fuel injector circuit high ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
P2148
input power.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1449
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1452, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF817Y
EC-1450
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01259
EC
TBWA0569E
EC-1451
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0125A
PBIB2020E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
EC-1452
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre- EC
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Terminal
Cylinder Continuity
Fuel injector ECM
42, 43 Should not exist D
3
4 Should exist
No.1
42,43 Should exist PBIB1896E
4 E
4 Should not exist
21, 22 Should not exist
3
5 Should exist
No.2 F
21, 22 Should exist
4
5 Should not exist
23, 24 Should not exist G
3
5 Should exist
No.3
23, 24 Should exist
4 H
5 Should not exist
40, 41 Should not exist
3
4 Should exist I
No.4
40, 41 Should exist
4
4 Should not exist
J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair or replace.
EC-1453
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0125B
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector.
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist.
3. If NG, replace fuel injector.
PBIB0406E
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-157, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1454
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Description EBS0125D
MBIB0625E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0125E
M
SEF058Y
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1455, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is 1st trip DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-1455
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1224,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-1221, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
EC-1456
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:25230
A
Description EBS0125H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Glow lamp
Glow control Glow relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Glow plugs C
When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80°C (176°F), the glow relay turns off.
When coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80°C (176°F):
● Ignition switch ON D
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
● Cranking E
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
● Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period F
in relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON. G
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Glow Plug
H
The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a
high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay. I
K
SEF376Y
EC-1457
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0125I
LHD MODELS
TBWA0577E
EC-1458
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0578E
EC-1459
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0125J
1. INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Correct.
2. CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut and all glow plug connecting plate nuts are
installed properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Install properly.
SEF392YA
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1460
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-ll
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II. EC
2. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates approximately 25°C
(77°F). If NG, cool down engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
4. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
D
SEF013Y
E
6. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions.
F
Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage
More than 20 seconds after turning ignition G
Approx. 0V
switch ON
H
PBIB0425E
OK or NG I
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
J
5. CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed.
K
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, refer to EC-1268, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICA-
TION LINE" .
No >> GO TO 6. L
EC-1461
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow relay.
MBIB0078E
PBIB1413E
9. CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and glow relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1462
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1463
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS0125K
GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
Operation takes less than 1 second.
PBIB0428E
GLOW PLUG
1. Remove glow plug connecting plate.
2. Check glow plug resistance.
Resistance: Approximately 0.8 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NOTE:
● Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped,
replace glow plug with a new one.
● If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or
higher, replace with a new one.
● If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with car-
bon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
● Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, PBIB0429E
GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-152, "GLOW PLUG" .
EC-1464
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14710
A
Description EBS0125M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume con- EGR volume control
trol valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
D
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor F
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con-
ditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions. G
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
H
● Low engine coolant temperature
● High engine speed
● Accelerator pedal fully depressed
I
L
SEF908Y
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR Volume Control Valve M
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
SEF411Y
EC-1465
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0125N
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
0.1 - 14V
25 GY [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
26 W/L
EGR volume control valve ● Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 OR/B
● Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
28 GY/B
control valve.)
EC-1466
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0125P
EC
TBWB0009E
EC-1467
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0125Q
MBIB0617E
PBIB1901E
PBIB2013E
EC-1468
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connectors F30, M63
● Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM EC
● Harness for open or short between EGR volume control valve and ECM relay
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve terminal
F
25 1
26 6
27 3 G
28 4
EC-1469
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between the following terminals.
● terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
PBIB2014E
6. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control
valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.
SEF819Y
EC-1470
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14956
A
Description EBS0125T
MBIB0626E
E
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air pres-
sure rises. F
H
PBIB1897E
0 - 12.5V
L
[Ignition switch ON]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed M
MBIB0889E
Turbocharger boost control
6 L
solenoid valve
0 - 12.5V
MBIB0890E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1471
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0125V
TBWB0010E
EC-1472
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0125W
PBIB1936E
E
I
PBIB1897E
PBIB1945E M
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
● Harness connectors F30, M63
● Harness for open and short between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and ECM relay
● Harness for open and short between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1473
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB1897E
EC-1474
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25230
A
Description EBS0125Z
The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. The switch
senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the EC
ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control
system.
C
PBIB1902E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01260
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- I
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] J
Approximately 0V
● Brake pedal: Fully released
100 P Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Brake pedal: Depressed (11 - 14V) K
EC-1475
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01262
TBWA0580E
EC-1476
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01263
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
3. Check “BRAKE SW” signal under the following conditions.
Conditions BRAKE SW
Brake pedal released OFF D
Brake pedal slightly depressed ON
PBIB0472E
F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
K
PBIB1902E
PBIB0117E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1477
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB1902E
PBIB0118E
EC-1478
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Description EBS01265
When the gear position is in Neutral, park/neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position because the conti-
nuity of the line (the “ON” signal) exists. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01266
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. E
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. F
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
G
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Park/Neutral position ● Gear position is Neutral
110 G/OR
switch [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE H
● Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)
EC-1479
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS01268
TBWA0581E
EC-1480
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS01269
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
3. Check “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.
Shift lever position P/N POSI SW
Neutral position ON D
Except the above position OFF
SEF212Y
F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and I
ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. J
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB1903E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
nectors.
L
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1481
PNP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to MT-13, "POSITION SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position switch.
EC-1482
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PSP SWITCH PFP:49761
A
Component Description EBS0126A
PBIB1904E
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0126B
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO. J
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering pressure ● Steering wheel is being turned
111 P/B
switch [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE K
● Steering wheel is not being turned (11 - 14V)
EC-1483
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0126D
TBWA0583E
EC-1484
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0126E
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
C
Conditions PW/ST SIGNAL
Steering wheel is in neutral position OFF
Steering wheel is turned ON D
PBIB0434E
F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect power steering pressure switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between power steering pressure
switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- K
nectors.
PBIB1904E
3. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and power steering pressure switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1485
PSP SWITCH
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1486, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace power steering pressure switch.
MBIB0624E
EC-1486
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP PFP:17020
A
Description EBS0126G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel transport pump control Fuel transport pump relay
Fuel level switch Fuel level
C
Condition Fuel transport pump operation
Engine is running. Operates
Engine is stopped. Stops D
The remainder of the fuel in the fuel tank is less than specified value. Stops
Fuel supply entrance of fuel tank is at the left side of fuel tank. The duel at the right side of the fuel tank is sent E
to the left side of the fuel tank by fuel transport pump.
When the ECM receives engine revolution signal from the crankshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine
is rotating, and causes the pump operate. If the remainder of the fuel at the right side of the fuel tank
decreases, fuel level switch sends a signal to the ECM. When the ECM receives a signal from the fuel level F
switch, the ECM stops the operation of the pump.
The ECM does not directly drive the fuel transport pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel transport pump relay,
which in turn controls the fuel transport pump. G
J
PBIB1887E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
K
Fuel Transport Pump
Fuel transport pump sends the fuel from right side of fuel tank to left
side.
L
PBIB0469E
EC-1487
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0126H
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
● Some fuel is in the fuel tank
14 W/PU Fuel level switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● No fuel is in the fuel tank (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Some fuel is in the fuel tank
39 B/OR Fuel transport pump relay
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● No fuel is in the fuel tank (11 - 14V)
EC-1488
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS0126I
LHD MODELS A
EC
TBWA0590E
EC-1489
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
TBWA0591E
EC-1490
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0126J
E
PBIB1944E
6. Soak fuel level switch in fuel and check operating sound of fuel F
transport pump.
Operating sound should exist.
G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. H
PBIB2015E I
EC-1491
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK FUEL TRASPORT PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel transport pump relay.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB1933E
PBIB0471E
5. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel transport pump harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel transport pump relay ter-
minal 3 and fuel transport pump terminal 1 and between fuel
transport pump terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1931E
EC-1492
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
● Harness connector B22, B128
● Harness for open or short between fuel transport pump relay and fuel transport pump EC
● Harness for open or short between fuel transport pump and ground
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 39 and fuel transport pump relay terminal 2. Refer to
Wiring Diagram. E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. G
8. DETECT MALFUNSTIONING PART
Check the following. H
● Harness connector M17, B1 (LHD models)
● Harness connector M18, B2 (RHD models)
● Harness connector M63, F30 I
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel transport pump relay
J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1493
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
11. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SWITCH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect sub fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and sub
fuel level sensor unit terminal 2, between sub fuel level sensor
unit terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB1944E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0098E
EC-1494
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL TRANSPORT PUMP
1. Remove fuel transport pump. A
2. Apply battery voltage between fuel transport pump terminal 1 and 2.
3. Check operating sound of fuel transport pump under the following conditions.
EC
Conditions Operating sound
12V direct current supply between fuel transport pump
Yes
terminals 1 and 2 C
No current supply No
4. Listen fuel transport pump operating sound.
D
FUEL LEVEL SWITCH
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
2. Check continuity between sub fuel level sensor unit terminal 2 E
and 4 under the following conditions.
Conditions Continuity
F
Fuel level switch is soaked in fuel. Yes
Fuel level switch is not soaked in fuel. No
PBIB2015E H
Removal and Installation EBS0126L
EC-1495
START SIGNAL
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750
TBWA0582E
EC-1496
START SIGNAL
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0126N
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
C
Condition START SIGNAL
Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch START ON D
PBIB0433E
F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
G
2. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ignition switch terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. L
● 10A fuse
● Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1, E102
● Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1497
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
LHD MODELS
TBWA0585E
EC-1498
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS
A
EC
TBWA0586E
EC-1499
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[YD (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00100
Engine YD22DDTi
Idle speed 725 ± 25 rpm
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
EC-1500